Owner's Manual Or Please Visit Our Indicator Light Stays on Constantly, Cy Signal Has Been Learned

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the © 2013 Kia Canada Inc. recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc.. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i Introduction How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process 1

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment 2

Safety features of your vehicle Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag 3 Features of your vehicle Keys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors / 4 Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc. table of contents Driving your vehicle Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / 5 Cruise control system / Smart cruise control system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergency Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc. 6

Maintenance Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7 Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc. Specifications & Consumer information 8

Index I

ii Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 Vehicle Break-In Process ...... 1-5 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various types of safety possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. instructions in this manual. These vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a instructions were prepared to assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an enhance your personal safety. ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all located in Carefully read and follow ALL proce- entire manual. In order to minimize the back of this manual. dures and recommendations provid- the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sec- ed in these instructions. must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section WARNING in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. A WARNING indicates a situation enjoy your vehicle. By reading your in which harm, serious bodily manual, you will learn about fea- injury or death could result if the tures, important safety information, warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road conditions. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

21 Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to Gasoline containing alcohol and use only unleaded fuel having a WARNING - Refueling methanol pump octane number ((R+M)/2) of • Do not "top off" after the noz- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off. ethanol (also known as grain alco- higher. Attempts to force more fuel hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- into the tank can cause fuel taining methanol (also known as Your new vehicle is designed to overflow onto you and the wood alcohol) are being marketed obtain maximum performance with ground causing a risk of fire. along with or instead of leaded or UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- • Always check that the fuel cap unleaded gasoline. mize exhaust emissions and spark is installed securely to pre- Do not use gasohol containing more plug fouling. vent fuel spillage, especially than 10% ethanol, and do not use in the event of an accident. gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may Never add any fuel system cleaning cause drivability problems and dam- agents to the fuel tank other than ✽ age to the fuel system. what has been specified. (Consult an NOTICE authorized Kia dealer for details.) Tighten the cap until it clicks one Discontinue using gasohol of any time, otherwise the fuel cap open kind if drivability problems occur. warning indicator light (or LCD Vehicle damage or drivability prob- display) will illuminate. lems may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

13 Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Use of MTBE Fuel Additives prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Kia recommends that you use good percent gasoline, and is manufac- taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl quality gasolines treated with deter- tured exclusively for use in Flexible Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen gent additives such as TOP TIER Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Detergent Gasoline, which helps ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” prevent deposit formation in the may result in poor engine perform- Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) engine. These gasolines will help the ance and damage to your vehicle's engine run cleaner and enhance per- engine and fuel system. Kia recom- may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting. formance of the Emission Control mends that customers do not use System. For more information on fuel with an ethanol content exceed- TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, ing 10 percent. CAUTION please go to the website (www.top- Your New Vehicle Limited tiergas.com). ✽ NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage For Customers who do not use TOP to the fuel system and any per- TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty formance problems that are does not cover damage to the fuel and have problems starting or the caused by the use of fuels con- engine does not run smoothly, addi- system or any performance prob- taining methanol or fuels con- lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel. tives that you can buy separately taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary may be added to the gasoline. If Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 12,000 km Do not use methanol or every engine oil change is recom- Fuels containing methanol (wood mended. Additives are available from alcohol) should not be used in your your authorized Kia dealer along with vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce information on how to use them. Do vehicle performance and damage not mix other additives. components of the fuel system.

41 Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS Operation in foreign countries No special break-in period is needed. If you are going to drive your vehicle By following a few simple precautions in another country, be sure to: for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to the performance, econo- • Observe all regulations regarding my and life of your vehicle. registration and insurance. • Do not race the engine. • Determine that acceptable fuel is • While driving, keep your engine available. speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

15 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood ...... 4-27 2. Head lamp ...... 4-97 3. Fog lamp...... 4-102 4. Tire and wheel...... 7-46, 8-2 5. Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-50 6. Panorama sunroof ...... 4-32 7. Front windshield wiper blades ...4-104, 7-40 8. Windows ...... 4-23

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVG013001N

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

9. Door...... 4-17 10. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-29 11. Rear combination lamp 12. Trunk lid ...... 4-21 13. High mounted stop lamp 14. Rear window defroster...... 4-112 15. Rear parking assist system ...... 4-90 16. Antenna ...... 4-140 17. Rearview camera...... 4-94

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVG013002L

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button...... 4-17 2. Central door lock switch...... 4-19 3. Power window switches ...... 4-23 4. Power window lock button...... 4-26 5. Outside rearview mirror control switch..4-49 6. Outside rearview mirror folding switch..4-50 7. Driver's position memory system...... 3-7 8. Hood release lever...... 4-27 9. Fuel filler lid release button...... 4-29 10. Trunk lid release button...... 4-21 11. Fuse box ...... 7-61 12. Steering wheel ...... 4-37 13. Steering wheel tilt control...... 4-38 14. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-52 15. BSD On/OFF button...... 5-59 16. LDWS On/OFF button...... 5-55 17. ESC OFF button ...... 5-30 18. Seat...... 3-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVG013003N

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster ...... 4-52 2. Horn...... 4-39 3. Driver's front air bag ...... 3-43 4. Light control/Turn signals...... 4-97 5. Wiper/Washer ...... 4-104 6. Cruise control ...... 5-37 7. Steering wheel audio control ...... 4-141 8. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button...... 5-5 9. Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 4-96, 6-2 10. Clock...... 4-136 11. Climate control system ...... 4-113 12. Shift lever...... 5-10 13. Passenger's front air bag...... 3-43 14. Glove box...... 4-130 15. Electric parking brake switch (EPB) ...5-19 16. Brake pedal...... 5-16 17. Seat warmer/Air ventilation switch...... 4-133, 4-134 18. AUTO HOLD control button ...... 5-25 19. Heated steering wheel button...... 4-39 20. Rear curtain folding button ...... 4-139

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OVG013004N

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ 3.3L Engine

1. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-29 2. Engine oil filler cap...... 7-29 3. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 7-31 4. Radiator cap...... 7-32 5. Brake fluid reservoir ...... 7-34 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...... 7-35 7. Air cleaner...... 7-37 8. Positive battery terminal...... 7-43 9. Negative battery terminal...... 7-43 10. Fuse box ...... 7-61

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OHG011004A

62 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat...... 3-2 • Side air bag ...... 3-45 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-4 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-46 • Driver position memory system ...... 3-7 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions • Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-9 of the air bag...... 3-48 • Seatback pocket...... 3-10 • SRS Care ...... 3-53 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-11 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-54 • Headrest (for rear seat)...... 3-11 Seat belt...... 3-13 3 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-13 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-18 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-21 Child restraint system ...... 3-24 • Using a child restraint system ...... 3-25 • Tether anchor system ...... 3-28 • Lower anchor system ...... 3-29 Air bag - supplemental restraint system ...... 3-31 • Air bag system operation ...... 3-32 • Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat ...... 3-33 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-34 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-35 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-37 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-43 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT Driver’s seat (1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward (2) Seatback recliner (3) Seat adjustment, height (4) Lumbar support (5) Cushion extension* (6) Headrest (7) Driver position memory system

Front passenger’s seat (8) Seat adjustment, forward / backward (9) Seatback recliner (10) Headrest

Rear seat (11) Armrest (12) Ski through (13) Headrest * : if equipped

OVG033001N

23 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING- Seat cushion objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on Do not place anything in the dri- seat cushions. The passenger's ver's foot well or under the front hips may slide under the lap seats. Loose objects in the dri- portion of the seat belt during ver's foot area could interfere an accident or a sudden stop. with the operation of the foot pedals.

WARNING - Uprighting seat 1KMN3662 Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas- holding and controlling the senger to keep the seatback in seatback. The seatback will an upright position whenever spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat ing you or other passengers. is reclined during an accident, the restraint system's ability to restrain will be greatly reduced.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - power WARNING - Driver’s seat - Seat WARNING The front seat can be adjusted by • Never attempt to adjust the adjustment using the control switch located on seat while the vehicle is mov- • Do not adjust the seat while the outside of the seat cushion. ing. This could result in loss wearing seat belts. Moving the Before driving, adjust the seat to the of control of your vehicle. seat forward will cause strong proper position so as to easily con- • Do not allow anything to inter- pressure on the abdomen. trol the steering wheel, pedals and fere with the normal position • Do not place your hand near switches on the instrument panel. of the seatback. Storing items the seat bottom or seat track against a seatback or in any while adjusting the seat. Your other way interfering with hand could get caught in the WARNING proper locking of a seatback seat mechanism. The power seat is operable with could result in a serious or the ignition OFF. fatal injury in a sudden stop Therefore, children should never or collision. be left unatteded in the vehicle. • Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so could result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver.

43 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle CAUTION • The power seat is driven by an electric motor. Stop operating once the adjustment is completed, excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment. • When in operation, the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, don’t adjust the power seat longer than necessary OVG039006 OVG039007 while the engine is not running. Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or • Do not operate two or more backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to power seat control switches at desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the the same time. Doing so may once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the result in power seat motor or position. desired position. electrical component malfunction.

35 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat cushion height Lumbar support Cushion extension (for driver's side) (for driver’s seat) (for driver's seat, if equipped)

OVG039008 OVG039009 OVG039010 Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted Press the front portion of the switch switch up to raise or down to lower by pressing the lumbar support to raise the cushion extension, or the the front part of the seat cushion. Pull switch on the side of the driver's rear portion of the switch to lower it. the rear portion of the control switch seat. Press the front portion of the Release the switch once the cushion up to raise or down to lower the rear switch to increase support, or the extension reaches the desired posi- part of the seat cushion. Release the rear portion of the switch to decrease tion. switch once the seat reaches the support. desired position.

63 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver position memory system Storing positions into memory WARNING using the buttons on the door Never attempt to operate the Storing driver’s seat positions driver position memory system 1. Shift the shift lever into P (Park) while the vehicle is moving. while the ignition switch is ON. This could result in loss of con- 2. Adjust the driver seat, outside trol, and an accident causing rearview mirror and steering wheel death, serious injury, or property to positions comfortable for the damage. driver. 3. Press M (Memory) button on the control panel. The system will beep once. OVG049034 4. Press one of the memory buttons A driver position memory system is (1 or 2) within 5 seconds after provided to store and recall the driv- pressing the M (Memory) button. er seat, outside rearview mirror and The system will beep twice when steering wheel positions* with a sim- memory has been successfully ple button operation. By saving the stored. desired positions into the system 5. "Driver 1(or 2) set is memorized" memory, different drivers can reposi- will appear on the instrument clus- tion the driver seat, outside rearview ter LCD display. mirror and steering wheel based upon their driving preference. If the battery is disconnected, the position memory will be lost and the driving positions should be restored in the system.

* : for electric type only

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from memory Adjusting the control switch for the Easy access function 1. The shift lever should be in P driver seat while the system is recall- With the shift lever in the P position, (Park) when : ing the stored position will cause the the system will move the driver's seat movement to stop and move in the - The ignition switch is in ON or automatically as follows: direction that the control switch is engine is running. • It will move the driver’s seat rear- moved. - It is less than 20 minutes after the ward when the engine start/stop driver's door is opened with the button is turned to the OFF position. ignition switch in OFF or ACC. WARNING • It will move the driver’s seat forward - It is less than 30 seconds after Use caution when recalling when the engine start/stop button is the driver's door is closed with adjustment memory while sitting turned to the ACC or START posi- the ignition switch in OFF or in the vehicle. Push the seat tion. ACC. position control knob to the You can activate or deactivate this 2. To recall the position in memory, desired position immediately if feature. Refer to "User settings" in press the desired memory button the seat moves too far in any chapter 4. (1 or 2). The system will beep direction. once, then the driver seat, outside rearview mirror and steering wheel will automatically adjust to the stored positions. 3. "Driver 1 (or 2) set is changed" will appear on the instrument cluster LCD display.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest (for front seat) Also, adjust the headrest as close to Forward and backward adjust- your head as possible. ment For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

WARNING - Headrest removal/adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a OMG038400 crash. OVG039016 The driver's and front passenger's • Do not adjust the headrest seats are equipped with a headrest height while the vehicle is in The headrest may be adjusted for- for the occupant's safety and com- motion. Driver may lose con- ward to 4 different positions by fort. trol of the vehicle. pulling the headrest forward to the The headrest not only provides com- desired detent. To adjust the head- fort for the driver and front passen- rest to it’s full rearward position, pull ger, but also helps protect the head it fully forward to the farthest position and neck in the event of a collision. and release it. Adjust the headrest so For maximum effectiveness in case that it properly supports the head of an accident, the headrest should and neck. be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation Seatback pocket

OVG039011 OVG039012 OVG039017 To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as The seatback pocket is provided on desired position (1). To lower the far as it can go then press the the back of the front seatbacks. headrest, push and hold the release release button (1) while pulling the button (2) on the headrest support headrest up (2). and lower the headrest to the desired To reinstall the headrest, put the WARNING - Seatback position (3). headrest poles (3) into the holes pocket while pressing the release button (1). Do not put heavy or sharp Then adjust it to the appropriate objects in the seatback pocket. height. An occupant could contact such objects in a crash. Heavy objects in the front passenger seatback could also interfere with the air bag sensing system.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustment For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should Headrest (for rear seat) be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is OVG039018 not recommended. Adjusting the height up and down

ONF039401 To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the The rear seat is equipped with head- headrest, push and hold the release rests in all the seating positions for button (2) on the headrest support the occupant's safety and comfort. and lower the headrest to the desired The headrest not only provides composition (3). fort for passengers, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision.

311 Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest

OVG039019

Removal and installation OVG033311N To remove the headrest, raise it as far To use the armrest, pull it forward as it can go then press the release from the seatback. button (1) while pulling the headrest upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position. Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting.

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system • Never allow children to ride in the - Twisted seat Seat belts are designed to bear upon front passenger seat. See child WARNING the bony structure of the body, and restraint system section for further belt should be worn low across the discussion. Make sure your seat belt is not pelvis, chest and shoulders as appli- twisted when worn. A twisted cable. wearing the lap section of the WARNING - Shoulder belt seat belt may not properly pro- belt across the abdominal area must tect you in an accident and Never wear the shoulder belt could even cut into your body. be avoided. under your arm or behind your Seat belts should be adjusted as back. An improperly positioned firmly as possible, consistent with shoulder belt cannot protect the comfort, to provide the protection for occupant in a crash. WARNING - Seat belt which they have been designed. buckle A slack belt will greatly reduce the Do not allow foreign material protection afforded to the wearer. WARNING - Damaged (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to Care should be taken to avoid con- seat belt obstruct the seat belt buckle. tamination of the webbing with pol- Replace the entire seat belt This may prevent the seat belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- assembly if any part of the web- from fastening securely. ularly battery acid. Cleaning may bing or hardware is damaged as safely be carried out using mild soap you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be damaged seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed, protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged. • For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving. A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.

313 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) Vehicle Chime- (for front passenger’s seat) Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 5 km/h 6 seconds None (3 mph) Buckled → 5 km/h~ 6 seconds Unbuckled 10 km/h Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (6 mph) (11 times) Above 10 km/h (6 mph) 6 seconds *1 1GQA2083 OVG033309N Unbuckled ↓ ↓ The driver's seat belt warning light Below 5 km/h Stop *2 The front passenger's seat belt and chime will activate to the follow- (3 mph) warning light will activate to the fol- ing table when the ignition switch is lowing table when the ignition switch in "ON" position. *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times is in "ON" position. with an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is buckled, the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system Vehicle WARNING with emergency locking retractor Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Riding in an improper position Unbuckled 6 seconds adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning sys- Above 10 km/h Unbuckled Continuously tem. It is important for the driver (6mph) to instruct the passenger as to Buckled 6 seconds the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual. Above 10 km/h Continuously *1 (6mph) Buckled → Unbuckled Below 10 km/h • You can find the front passenger's None (6mph) seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel. B180A01NF-1 1 • Although the front passenger seat * The seat belt warning light will go To fasten your seat belt: off if the vehicle speed decreases is not occupied, the seat belt warn- below 5 km/h (3 mph). If the vehi- ing light will blink for 6 seconds. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of cle speed increases above 5 km/h • The seat belt warning light can the retractor and insert the metal tab (3 mph), the warning light will blink blink when a briefcase or purse is (1) into the buckle (2). There will be again. placed on the front passenger an audible "click" when the tab locks seat. into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

It will also lock if you try to lean for- To raise the height adjuster, pull it up ward too quickly. (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while If you are unable to pull out the seat pressing the height adjuster button belt from the retractor, firmly pull the (2). belt out and release it. Then you will Release the button to lock the be able to pull the belt out smoothly. anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

WARNING - Shoulder belt OMG035038 positioning Height adjustment Never position the shoulder belt You can adjust the height of the across your neck or face. shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety. WARNING - Seat belt The height of the adjusting seat belt replacement should not be too close to your neck. Replace your seat belts after The shoulder portion should be being in an accident. Failure to adjusted so that it lies across your replace seat belts after an acci- chest and midway over your shoulder dent could leave you with dam- nearest the door and not your neck. aged seat belts that will not pro- To adjust the height of the seat belt vide protection in the event of anchor, lower or raise the height another collision. adjuster into an appropriate position.

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and portion of the seat belt is adjusted rear seat 3-point system with manually so that it fits snugly around combination locking retractor your hips. To fasten your seat belt When the seat belt is fully extended Combination retractor type seat belts from the retractor to allow the instal- are installed in the rear seat posi- lation of a child restraint system, the tions to help accommodate the seat belt operation changes to allow installation of child restraint systems. the belt to retract, but not to extend Although a combination retractor is (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). also installed in the front passenger Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- seat position, it is strongly recom- tem” in this chapter. B200A01NF mended that children always be To convert from the automatic lock- You should place the lap belt portion seated in the rear seat. NEVER ing feature to the emergency locking as low as possible and snugly across place an infant restraint system in operation mode, allow the unbuckled your hips. If the lap belt is located too the front seat of the vehicle. seat belt to fully retract. high on your waist, it may increase This type of seat belt combines the the chance of injury in the event of a features of both an emergency lock- collision. ing retractor seat belt and an auto- The arm closest to the seat belt matic locking retractor seat belt. To buckle should be over the belt while fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the the other arm should be under the retractor and insert the metal tab into belt as shown in the illustration. the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt

317 Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

OBH038023N B210A01NF-1

When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt OXMA033101 the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing must be used. the release button (1) of the locking Your vehicle is equipped with driver's buckle. When it is released, the belt and front passenger's pre-tensioner should automatically draw back into seat belts (retractor pretensioner and the retractor. EFD (Emergency Fastening Device). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be If this does not happen, check the activated, when a frontal collision is belt to be sure it is not twisted, then severe enough, together with the air try again. bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

(1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- WARNING tensioner is to make sure that the • Do not put anything near the shoulder belts fit in tightly against buckle. Placing objects near the occupant's upper body in cer- the buckle may increase the tain frontal collisions. risk of personal injury in the (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) event of a collision. The purpose of the EFD is to • For your safety, be sure that make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing is not loose in tightly against the occupant's or twisted and always sit lower body in certain frontal colli- properly on your seat. sions. ODMESA2024 The seat belt pre-tensioner system If the system senses excessive ten- consists mainly of the following com- sion on the driver or passenger's ponents. Their locations are shown in seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- the illustration: tem activates, the load limiter inside 1. SRS air bag warning light the retractor pre-tensioner will release 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly some of the pressure on the affected 3. SRS control module seat belt. 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

319 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas- To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner If the pre-tensioner seat belt from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only system are not working proper- 1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also ly, this warning light will illumi- correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover, nate even if there is no malfunc- proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a tion of the SRS air bag. If the and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag. SRS air bag warning light does information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts not illuminate when the ignition about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be switch is turned ON, or if it safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may remains illuminated after illumi- seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible nating for approximately 6 sec- are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment. onds, or if it illuminates while These are normal operating condi- the vehicle is being driven, have 2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous. an authorized Kia dealer inspect gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine the pre-tensioner seat belt and properly. dust may cause skin irritation and SRS air bag system as soon as should not be breathed for pro- possible. longed periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. • Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions WARNING (Continued) Infant or small child • Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre- to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem- You should be aware of the specific activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the requirements in your country. Child belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify, and/or infant seats must be properly seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or placed and installed in the rear seat. always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat For more information about the use have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to of these restraints, refer to “Child sion. improper operation or inad- restraint system” in this chapter. vertent activation and serious • The pre-tensioner seat belt injury. assembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts touch the pre-tensioner seat when driving or riding in a belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle. utes after they have been acti- • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner vated. seat belt must be discarded, • Do not attempt to inspect or contact an authorized Kia replace the pre-tensioner seat dealer. belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. (Continued)

321 Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children Restraint of pregnant women Children who are too large for child WARNING - Small chil- Pregnant women should wear restraint systems should always occu- dren lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- py the rear seat and use the available Do not allow small children to ever possible according to specific lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion ride in the vehicle without an recommendations by their doctors. should be fastened snug on the hips appropriate child restraint sys- The lap portion of the belt should be and as low as possible. Periodically tem. worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS check belt fit. A child's squirming could POSSIBLE on the hips, not across put the belt out of position. Children the abdomen. are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system WARNING - Pregnant in the rear seat. If a larger child (over women age 12) must be seated in the front Pregnant women must never seat, the child should be securely place the lap portion of the seat restrained by the available lap/shoul- belt above or on the abdomen der belt and the seat should be placed where the fetus is located. The in the rearmost position. Children age force of the seat belt during a 12 and under should be restrained collision will crush the fetus. securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Care of seat belts Periodic inspection A seat belt should be used when an Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected injured person is being transported. disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of When this is necessary, you should tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should consult a physician for recommenda- that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. tions. not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry One person per belt Seat belts should be kept clean and Two people (including children) dry. If belts become dirty, they can be should never attempt to use a single cleaned by using a mild soap solu- seat belt. This could increase the tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, severity of injuries in case of an acci- strong detergents or abrasives dent. should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the When to replace seat belts event of an accident and to achieve The entire in-use seat belt assembly maximum effectiveness of the or assemblies should be replaced if restraint system, all passengers the vehicle has been involved in an should be sitting up and the front accident. This should be done even if seats should be in an upright position no damage is visible. Additional when the vehicle is moving. A seat questions concerning seat belt oper- belt cannot provide proper protection ation should be directed to an if the person is lying down in the rear authorized Kia dealer. seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position.

323 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in Children could be injured or killed in the rear seat and must always be a crash if their restraints are not WARNING- Hot child properly restrained to minimize the properly secured. For small children restraint risk of injury in an accident, sudden and babies, a child seat or infant seat A child restraint system can stop or sudden maneuver. According must be used. Before buying a par- become very hot if it is left in a to accident statistics, children are ticular child restraint system, make closed vehicle on a sunny day. safer when properly restrained in the sure it fits your car seat and seat Be sure to check the seat cover, rear seats than in the front seat. belts, and fits your child. Follow all buckles and latches before Larger children who are not in a child the instructions provided by the man- placing a child in the restraint restraint should use one of the seat ufacturer when installing the child system. belts provided. restraint system. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child WARNING- Restraint When the child restraint system is not and/or infant safety seats must be location in use, store it in the luggage area or properly placed and installed in the fasten it with a seat belt so that it will rear seat. You must use a commer- Never install a child or infant seat not be thrown forward in case of a cially available child restraint system on the front passenger's seat. sudden stop or an accident. that meets the requirements of the A child riding in the front pas- safety standards of your country. senger seat can be forcefully Child restraint systems are designed struck by an inflating air bag. to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt, or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system WARNING - Holding WARNING - Seat belt use Rear- facing child restraint system children Do not use one seat belt for two Never hold a child in your arms occupants at the same time. or lap when riding in a vehicle. This will eliminate any safety The violent forces created dur- benefit provided by the seat belt ing a crash will tear the child to the occupants. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for CRS09 your child's height and weight. Forward-facing child restraint system

OTQ037038 For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

325 Safety features of your vehicle

For safety reasons, we recommend Placing a passenger seat belt that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat into the auto lock mode used in the rear seats. installation Since all passenger seat belts move • Always follow the instructions freely under normal conditions and provided by the child restraint only lock under extreme or emer- system manufacturer. Child gency conditions (emergency lock restraint system manufactur- mode), you must manually change ers know their products best. these seat belts to the auto lock • Failure to observe this manu- mode to secure a child restraint. al's instructions regarding If the seat belt does not operate as child restraint system and the described in this section, have the instructions provided with the system checked immediately by your child restraint system could authorized Kia dealer. result in the improper installation of the child restraint sys- E2MS103005 tem which may reduce the The auto lock mode will help prevent protection to your child in a the normal movement of the child in crash or a sudden stop. the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

OEN036101 OEN036102 OEN036103 To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- 1. Place the child restraint system in fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the the seat and route the lap/shoul- retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child retractor is in the “Auto Lock” der belt around or through the restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is restraint, following the restraint heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

327 Safety features of your vehicle

The lap/shoulder belt automatically Securing a child restraint seat returns to the “emergency lock with tether anchorage system mode” whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully. Therefore, the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed. To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt OEN036104 to retract fully. 5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down WARNING - Auto lock OVG033030N on the child restraint system while mode feeding the shoulder belt back into Child restraint hook holders are the retractor. Set the retractor to Automatic located on the package tray. Lock mode when installing any 6. Push and pull on the child restraint child restraint system. system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it If the retractor is not in the Auto is not, release the seat belt and Lock mode, the child restraint repeat steps 2 through 6. can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. 7. Double check that the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

2. Connect the tether strap hook to Securing a child restraint seat with the appropriate child restraint child seat lower anchor system hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat.

WARNING - Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point. The increased load caused by multiple seats may OVG033031 cause the tethers or anchorage 1.Route the child restraint seat teth- points to break. er strap over the seatback. B230D01NF For vehicles with adjustable head- Check that the child restraint system Some child seat manufacturers rests, route the tether strap under is secure by pushing and pulling it in make child restraint seats that are the headrest and between the different directions. Incorrectly fitted labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- headrest posts, otherwise route child restraints may swing, twist, tip patible child restraint seats. LATCH the tether strap over the top of the or separate causing death or serious stands for "Lower Anchors and seatback. injury. Tethers for Children". These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle. This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats.

329 Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided Also, test the child restraint seat in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors before you place the child in it. Tilt are located in the left and right out- the seat from side to side. Also try to board rear seating positions. Their tug the seat forward. Check to see if Lower Anchor locations are shown in the illustra- the anchors hold the seat in place. Position Indicator tion. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position. WARNING - LATCH lower anchors The LATCH anchors are located Never attempt to attach a Lower Anchor between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position. LATCH OVG039032 outboard seating positions. lower anchors are only to be Child restraint symbols are located When you install your child's restraint used with the left and right rear on the left and right rear seat backs system using the LATCH anchors outboard seating positions. You to indicate the position of the lower buckle the shoulder lap belt, then may damage the anchors or the anchors for child restraints. lock the retractor and pull the belt to anchors may fail and break in a remove the slack in the belt so it lies collision. flat against the vehicle seat. WARNING - Unused rear Follow the child seat manufacturer’s seatbelts instructions to properly install child Always fasten the seatbelts restraint seats with LATCH or behind the child restraint seat LATCH-compatible attachments. when they are not used to Once you have installed the LATCH secure the child seat. Failure to child restraint, assure that the seat is do so may result in child stran- properly attached to the LATCH and gulation. tether anchors.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OVG033033

331 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • There are even circumstances operate inflate and deflate in an instant. under which contact with the It is virtually impossible for you to steering wheel air bag can cause • Air bags are activated (able to fatal injuries, especially if the inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that occupant is positioned exces- ignition switch is turned to the ON sively close to the steering or START the appropriate position. you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage wheel. • Air bags inflate instantly in the compartments after the collision. event of serious frontal or side collision (if equipped with side air bag • In order to help provide protection or curtain air bag) in order to help in a severe collision, the air bags protect the occupants from serious must inflate rapidly. The speed of physical injury. air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a • There is no single speed at which collision occurs and the need to the air bags will inflate. get the air bag between the occu- Generally, air bags are designed to pant and the vehicle structures inflate based upon the severity of a before the occupant impacts those collision and its direction. These structures. This speed of inflation two factors determine whether the reduces the risk of serious or life- sensors produce an electronic threatening injuries in a severe col- deployment/ inflation signal. lision and is thus a necessary part • Air bag deployment depends on a of air bag design. number of complex factors includ- However, air bag inflation can also ing vehicle speed, angles of impact cause injuries which can include and the density and stiffness of the facial abrasions, bruises and bro- vehicles or objects which your ken bones because the inflation vehicle hits in the collision. Though, speed also causes the air bags to factors are not limited to those expand with a great deal of force. mentioned above.

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke Installing a child restraint on a When the air bags inflate, they make WARNING front passenger’s seat is forbidden a loud noise and they leave smoke - Hot components and powder in the air inside of the Do not touch the air bag storage vehicle. This is normal and is a result area's internal components of the ignition of the air bag inflator. immediately after air bag infla- After the air bag inflates, you may tion. The air bag related parts in feel substantial discomfort in breath- the steering wheel, instrument ing due to the contact of your chest panel and the roof rails above to both the seat belt and the air bag, the front and rear doors are as well as from breathing the smoke very hot. Hot components can and powder. Open your doors result in burn injuries. and/or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent 1JBH3051 prolonged exposure to smoke and Never place a rear-facing child powder. restraint in the front passenger’s Though smoke and powder are non- seat. If the air bag deploys, it would toxic,They may cause irritation to the impact the rear-facing child restraint, skin (eyes,nose and throat, etc). If causing serious or fatal injury. this is the case, wash and rinse with In addition, do not place front-facing cold water immediately and consult a child restraint in the front passen- doctor if the symptom persists. ger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

333 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning light • The light comes on while the vehi- WARNING - Air bag cle is in motion. deployment When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

W7-147 The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” • The light stays on after illuminating indicator (Front passenger’s seat for approximately 6 seconds. only) • The light comes on while the vehi- 11. Occupant detection system cle is in motion. (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors 13. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash OBH038079L impact is severe enough to require The SRS consists of the following air bag deployment or pre-tensioner components: seat belt deployment. 1. Driver's front air bag module The SRS air bag warning light on the 2. Passenger's front air bag module instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition 3. Side air bag modules switch is turned to the ON position, 4. Curtain air bag modules after which the air bag warning light 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies should go out. 6. Air bag warning light If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) of the SRS. Have an authorized Kia 8. Front impact sensors dealer inspect the air bag system as 9. Side impact sensors soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON.

335 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B01L B240B02L B240B03L The air bag modules are located Upon deployment, tear seams mold- A fully inflated air bag, in combina- both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will tion with a properly worn seat belt, wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the slows the driver's or the passenger's panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further forward motion, reducing the risk of SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full head and chest injury. impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. will automatically deploy the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

Passenger’s front air bag ✽ NOTICE Occupant detection system Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. B240B05L

OVG033308N - Air bag WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with an obstructions occupant detection system in the Do not install or place any front passenger's seat. accessories on the steering The occupant detection system is wheel, instrument panel, or on designed to detect the presence of a the front passenger's panel properly-seated front passenger and above the glove box in a vehicle determine if the passenger's front air Such objects may become dan- bag should be enabled (may inflate) gerous projectiles if the air bag or not. The driver's front air bag is not deploys. affected or controlled by the occupant detection system.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of occupant If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehi- detection system pied by a person that the system cle occupants are seated and • A detection device located within determines to be of adult size, and restrained properly (sitting upright the front passenger seat track. he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seat in an upright position, with the seatback in an upright posi- centered on the seat cushion, with • Electronic system to determine tion, centered on the seat cushion the person’s legs comfortably whether passenger air bag sys- with their seat belt on, legs comfort- extended, feet on the floor, and wear- tems should be activated or deac- ably extended and their feet on the ing the safety belt properly) for the tivated. floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG most effective protection by the air • An indicator light located on the “OFF” indicator will turn off and the bag and the safety belt. instrument panel which illuminates front passenger's air bag will be able the words PASSENGER AIR BAG to inflate, if necessary, in frontal • The ODS (Occupant Detection “OFF” indicating the front passen- crashes. System) may not function properly if ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR the passenger takes actions which • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center can defeat the detection system. ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the These include: occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi- and activates or deactivates the front tion. passenger air bag based on these conditions. (2) Leaning against the door or center console. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system WARNING - ODS system Riding in an improper position Indicator/Warning light Devices adversely affects the occupant Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system (ODS) and SRS warning Front passenger detection system BAG “OFF” indica- may result in the deactivation of light air bag tor light front passenger air bag. It is 1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2 Off Off Activated important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the 2. Infant or child restraint system 3 4 On Off Deactivated proper seating instructions as with 12 months old* * contained in this manual. 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated (Continued) 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture. *3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

339 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

B990A08O 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load in the - Never sit with the hips shifted - Never place the feet on the front passenger seat. towards the front of the seat. dashboard.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place the feet on the - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- front passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - “AIR BAG The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” OFF” light indicator illuminates for about 4 sec- Do not allow an adult passenger onds after the ignition switch is to ride in the front seat when the turned to the ON position or after PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” the engine is started. If the front indicator is illuminated, because passenger seat is occupied, the occu- the air bag will not deploy in the pant detection sensor will then clas- event of a crash. The driver must sify the front passenger after several instruct the passenger to reposi- more seconds. tion himself in the seat. Failure B990A01O to properly position yourself When an adult is seated in the front may lead to air bag deactivation passenger seat, if the PASSENGER resulting in air bag non-deploy- AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn ment and in a collision. If the the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” tion and ask the passenger to sit indicator remains illuminated properly (sitting upright with the seat after the passenger repositions back in an upright position, centered themselves properly and the car on the seat cushion with their seat is restarted, it is recommended belt on, legs comfortably extended that passenger move to the rear and their feet on the floor). Restart seat because the passenger's the engine and have the person front air bag will not deploy. remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ (Continued) NOTICE WARNING Do not modify or replace the front • Do not put a heavy load or an • Air bags can only be used once – have an authorized Kia passenger seat. Don't place anything active electronic device (ex. on or attach anything such as a blan- laptop computer, after market dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. ket, front seat covers or after market DMB/navigation/satellite seat heater to the front passenger audio, video game machine, • The occupant detection sys- seat. This can adversely affect the MP3, etc.) in the front passen- tem may not work properly if occupant detection system. ger seatback pocket or on the water, coffee or any other liq- front passenger seat. Do not uid including rain gets on the If the occupant detection system is hang onto the front passenger seat. Keep the front seat dry not working properly, the SRS air bag seat. Do not hang any items at all times. warning light on the instrument such as seatback table on the panel will illuminate because the pas- front passenger seatback. Do Any child age 12 and under should senger's front air bag is connected not place feet on the front pas- with the occupant detection system. If senger seatback. Do not place ride in the rear seat. Children too large for child restraints should use there is a malfunction of the occupant any items under the front pas- detection system, the PASSENGER senger seat. Any of these the available lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type of crash, children of AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu- could interfere with proper minate and the passenger's front air sensor operation or turn on all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. bag will inflate in frontal impact crash- the air bag warning light. es even if there is no occupant in the • Do not place sharp objects on front passenger's seat. the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion. (Continued)

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front The indications of the system's pres- The advanced SRS offers the ability air bag ence are the letters "AIR BAG" to control the air bag inflation with embossed on the air bag pad cover two levels. A first stage level is pro- Driver’s front air bag in the steering wheel and the pas- vided for moderate-severity impacts. senger's side front panel pad above A second stage level is provided for the glove box. more severe impacts.

The SRS consists of air bags The passenger’s front air bag is installed under the pad covers in the designed to help reduce the injury of center of the steering wheel and the children sitting close to the instru- passenger's side front panel above ment panel in low speed collisions. the glove box. However, children are safer if they OVG033020 The purpose of the SRS is to provide are restraint in the rear seat. Passenger’s front air bag the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection According to the impact severity, than that offered by the seat belt sys- seating position and seat belt usage, tem alone in case of a frontal impact the SRSCM (SRS Control Module) of sufficient severity. The SRS uses controls the air bag inflation. Failure sensors to gather information about to properly wear seat belts can the driver's seat position, the driver's increase the risk or severity of injury and front passenger's seat belt in an accident. usage and impact severity.

OVG033021 Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.

343 Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined with an occupant detection system in ernment regulations to provide a with pre-tensioner seat belts to help the front passenger's seat. The occu- contact point concerning modifica- provide enhanced occupant protec- pant detection system detects the tions to the vehicle for persons with tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags presence of a passenger in the front disabilities, which modifications may are not intended to deploy in colli- passenger's seat and will turn off the affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag sions in which sufficient protection front passenger's air bag under cer- system. However, Kia does not can be provided by the pre-tensioner tain conditions. For more detail, see endorse nor will it support any seat belt alone. "Occupant detection system" in this changes to any part or structure of section. the vehicle that could affect the WARNING - SRS Wiring Do not place any objects that may advanced air bag system, including cause magnetic fields near the front the occupant detection system. Do not tamper with or discon- seat. These may cause a malfunction nect SRS wiring or other com- of the seat track position sensor. ponents of the SRS system. WARNING - Replacement/ Doing so could result in injury, modifications due to accidental deployment of The front passenger seat, dash- the air bags or by rendering the board or door should not be SRS inoperative. replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original Front air bags are not intended to Kia parts designed for this vehi- deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or cle and model. Any other such rollover crashes. In addition, front air replacement or modification bags will not deploy in frontal crash- could adversely affect the oper- es below the deployment threshold. ation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags.

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag

Rear impact Front Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. The side air bags are designed to 1JBB3520 OVG039022 deploy only during certain side- Side impact Rear (if equipped) impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. The side air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute 1JBA3514 OVG039034 for them. Therefore your seat belts Rollover must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation.

WARNING - Unexpected deployment Avoid impact to the side air bag sensor when the ignition switch is ON to prevent unexpected 1JBA3522 OVG039035 deployment of the side air bag. ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 345 Safety features of your vehicle

For best protection from the side air If seat or seat cover is damaged, Curtain air bag bag system and to avoid being have the vehicle checked and injured by the deploying side air bag, repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. both front seat occupants should sit Inform that your vehicle is equipped in an upright position with the seat with side air bags and an occupant belt properly fastened. The driver's detection system. hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passenger's arms and WARNING - Flying hands should be placed on their laps. objects Do not place any objects (an WARNING - Deployment umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. OVG039036 Do not install any accessories Such objects may become dan- including seat covers, on the gerous projectiles if the side air side or near the side air bag as bag inflates. this may affect the deployment of the side air bags.

OVG039037 ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect ✽ NOTICE the heads of the front seat occupants Never try to open or repair any com- and the rear outboard seat occu- ponents of the side curtain air bag pants in certain side impact colli- system. This should only be done by sions. an authorized Kia dealer. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations, collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations. Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags.

347 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in Air bag collision sensors a collision? (Inflation and non- inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

OVG033038N/OVG033039/OVG033040/OVG039041/OVG033042N (1) SRS control module (3) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag installation angles are changed due sensors to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, body or B pillar where side to impact the locations where collision sensors are installed. Have air bag or sensors are the vehicle checked and repaired by installed. an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected Installing aftermarket bumper guards air bag deployment, which or replacing a bumper with non-gen- could result in serious per- uine parts may adversely affect your sonal injury or death. vehicle’s collision and air bag deployment performance. • If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered 1JBA3513 in any way, the air bags may Front air bags deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate they should. in a frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of Therefore, do not try to per- impact of the front collision. form maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

349 Safety features of your vehicle

Although the front air bags (driver’s Air bag non-inflation conditions and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side 1JBA3516 impact collisions. They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved 1JBA3515 roads or sidewalks, air bags may • In certain low-speed collisions the deploy. Drive carefully on unim- air bags may not deploy. The air proved roads or on surfaces not bags are designed not to deploy in designed for vehicle traffic to prevent such cases because they may not unintended air bag deployment. provide benefits beyond the pro- OVG039047 tection of the seat belts in such col- ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ lisions. from the illustration. Side air bags Side air bags (side and/or curtain air bags) are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

OED036100 1JBA3516 1JBA3521 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in • In a slant or angled collision, the in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because force of impact may direct the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of occupants in a direction where the force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side air bags would not be able to pro- inflated air bags would not be able impacts, front air bag deployment vide any additional benefit, and to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- thus the sensors may not deploy pant protection. any air bags.

351 Safety features of your vehicle

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518 • Just before impact, drivers often • Air bags do not inflate in all rollover • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- brake heavily. Such heavy braking accidents, even though the vehicle cle collides with objects such as lowers the front portion of the vehi- is equipped with side air bags and utility poles or trees, where the cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- curtain air bags. point of impact is concentrated to cle with a higher ground clearance. one area and the full force of the Air bags may not inflate in this impact is not delivered to the sen- "under-ride" situation because sors. deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly replaced by such “under-ride” collisions.

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care Adding equipment to or modi- - Tampering The SRS is virtually maintenance-free WARNING fying your air bag-equipped and there are no parts you can safely with SRS vehicle service by yourself. If the SRS air bag Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang- warning light does not illuminate, or nect SRS wiring, or other compo- ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- continuously remains on, have your nents of the SRS system. Doing tem, front end or side sheet metal or vehicle immediately inspected by an so could result in the accidental ride height, this may affect the opera- authorized Kia dealer. inflation of the air bags or by ren- tion of your vehicle's air bag system. dering the SRS inoperative. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or If components of the air bag system any work on the steering wheel must must be discarded, or if the vehicle be performed by an authorized Kia must be scrapped, certain safety dealer. Improper handling of the SRS precautions must be observed. An system may result in serious personal authorized Kia dealer knows these injury. precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to fol- For cleaning the air bag pad covers, low these precautions and proce- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which dures could increase the risk of per- has been moistened with plain water. sonal injury. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OVG033044

OVG033310N

OVG039048

3 54 Features of your vehicle

Smart key ...... 4-4 Hood...... 4-27 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Opening ...... 4-27 • Smart key function ...... 4-4 • Closing ...... 4-28 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-5 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-29 • Remote keyless entry system operations...... 4-6 • Opening and closing ...... 4-29 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 • Emergency fuel filler lid release...... 4-31 • Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-32 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-11 • Sunroof open warning ...... 4-32 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-33 • Armed stage ...... 4-14 • Closing the sunroof ...... 4-33 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-15 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-34 4 • Disarmed stage...... 4-15 • Sunshade ...... 4-35 Door locks ...... 4-17 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-36 • Operatiom (from outside)...... 4-17 Steering wheel...... 4-37 • Operatiom (from inside) ...... 4-18 • Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-37 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-20 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-38 • Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-20 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-39 • Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 • Horn ...... 4-39 Trunk ...... 4-21 Mirrors ...... 4-40 • Opening ...... 4-21 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-40 • Closing ...... 4-22 • Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-48 • Emergency trunk safety release...... 4-22 Instrument cluster ...... 4-52 Windows ...... 4-23 • Instrument Cluster Control ...... 4-53 • Power windows ...... 4-24 • LCD Display Control ...... 4-53 • Gauges ...... 4-54 • Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-58 Harzard warning flasher ...... 4-96 LCD display ...... 4-59 Lighting ...... 4-97 • LCD Modes ...... 4-59 • Battery saver function...... 4-97 • Service Mode ...... 4-60 • Headlight escort function ...... 4-97 • User Settings Mode ...... 4-62 • Daytime running light...... 4-97 • A/V Mode ...... 4-65 • Lighting control ...... 4-98 • Turn By Turn Mode...... 4-65 • High beam operation ...... 4-100 • Warning Messages...... 4-66 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-101 Trip computer...... 4-73 • Front fog light ...... 4-102 4 • Overview...... 4-73 • Headlight leveling device ...... 4-103 • Fuel Economy ...... 4-73 Wiper and washers...... 4-104 • Trip A/B ...... 4-75 • Windshield wiper and washer ...... 4-104 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-77 Interior light ...... 4-107 • Warning lights ...... 4-77 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-107 • Indicator Lights...... 4-86 • Map lamp ...... 4-107 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-90 • Room lamp...... 4-108 • Operation ...... 4-90 • Map lamp/Room lamp/Mood lamp ...... 4-109 • Non-operational conditions ...... 4-91 • Trunk room lamp ...... 4-110 • Precautions...... 4-92 • Door courtesy lamp...... 4-110 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-93 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-110 Rearview camera ...... 4-94 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-111 Welcome system ...... 4-95 Defroster ...... 4-112 • Welcome light...... 4-95 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-112 • Interior light ...... 4-95 • Wiper deicer ...... 4-112 Automaticl climate control system ...... 4-113 • Rear curtain...... 4-139 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-114 • Navigation system ...... 4-139 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 Audio system...... 4-140 • System operation ...... 4-122 • Antenna ...... 4-140 • Climate control air filter...... 4-124 • Steering wheel remote controller...... 4-141 • Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor • Aux, USB port ...... 4-142 lubricant ...... 4-125 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-126 • To defog inside windshield ...... 4-126 • To defrost outside windshield ...... 4-127 4 • Defogging logic...... 4-127 Storage compartment...... 4-130 • Center console storage ...... 4-130 • Glove box ...... 4-130 • Sunglass holder...... 4-131 Interior features ...... 4-132 • Cup holder ...... 4-132 • Sunvisor ...... 4-132 • Seat warmer...... 4-133 • Air ventilation seat ...... 4-134 • Power outlet ...... 4-135 • Clock...... 4-136 • Clothes hanger...... 4-137 • Floor mat anchor...... 4-137 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-138 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY Record your key number Smart key functions Locking The key code number is printed on the bar code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the code number and keep it in a safe and handy place, but not in the vehicle.

OKH042004 OVG049008 WARNING - Smart key 1. Door lock Pressing the button of the front out- Leaving children unattended in a 2. Door unlock side door handles with all doors vehicle with the smart key is dan- closed and any door unlocked, locks gerous. Children copy adults and 3. Trunk open all the doors. The hazard warning they could press the ENGINE 4. Panic alarm lights will blink and the chime will START/STOP button. It would With smart key, you can lock or sound once to indicate that all doors enable children to operate power unlock doors (and trunk) and start are locked. The button will only oper- windows or other controls, or the engine without inserting the key. ate when the smart key is within even make the vehicle move, Refer to the following, for more 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside which could result in serious details. door handle. If you want to make bodily injury or even death. Never sure that a door has locked or not, leave the keys in your vehicle you should check the door lock but- with unsupervised children. ton inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle.

44 Features of your vehicle

In some instances, when the outside Unlocking Smart key precautions door button is selected, the doors will Pressing the button of the driver's (or • If you lose your smart key, you will not lock and an audible chime will front passenger’s) outside door han- not be able to start the engine. Tow sound for 3 seconds if any of the fol- dle with all doors closed and locked, the vehicle, if necessary, and con- lowing occurs: unlocks the driver's door. tact an authorized Kia dealer. • The smart key is in the vehicle. If you press the button of the driver's • A maximum of 3 smart keys can be • The ignition switch is in the ACC or outside door handle again within 4 registered to a single vehicle. If you ON position. seconds, The other doors will be lose a smart key, you should imme- • Any door except the trunk is unlocked. But if you press the button diately take the vehicle and key to opened. of the driver's outside door handle your authorized Kia dealer to pro- again after 4 seconds, all doors will be tect it from potential theft. locked. The hazard warning lights will • The smart key will not work if any blink and the chime will sound twice to of following occurs: indicate that the driver's door is unlocked. Also, the outside rearview - The smart key is close to a radio mirrors will automatically unfold if the transmitter such as a radio sta- outside rearview mirror folding switch tion or an airport which can inter- is in the AUTO position. fere with normal operation of the smart key. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 - The smart key near a mobile two- in.) from the outside door handle. way radio system or a cellular phone. - Another vehicle’s smart key is Start-up being operated close to your You can start the engine without vehicle. inserting the key. For detailed infor- When the smart key does not work mation refer to “Starting the engine correctly, open and close the door with a smart key” in chapter 5. with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized Kia dealer. 45 Features of your vehicle

• If the smart key is in close proximity Remote keyless entry system However, if any door remains open, to your cell phone or smart phone, operations the hazard warning lights (and/or the the signal from the smart key could chime) will not operate. But if all be blocked by normal operation of doors are closed after the lock button your cell phone or smart phone. is pressed, the hazard warning lights This is especially important when will blink once. the phone is active such as making call, receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices. OKH042004 CAUTION - Transmitter Lock (1) Keep the smart key away from All doors are locked if the lock button water or any liquid as it can is pressed. If all doors (and trunk) are become damaged and not func- closed, the hazard warning lights will tion properly. blink once to indicate that all doors (and trunk) are locked. Also, if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked.

64 Features of your vehicle

Unlock (2) Trunk open (3) Transmitter precautions The driver's door is unlocked if the The trunk is opened if the button is The transmitter (or smart key) will not unlock button is pressed once. The pressed for more than 1 second. work if any of following occurs: hazard warning lights will blink (for Once the trunk is opened and then • You exceed the operating distance smart key, the chime also sounds) closed, the trunk will lock automati- limit (about 30 m [90 feet]). twice to indicate that the driver's door cally. is unlocked. • The battery in the transmitter (or smart key) is weak. All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 Panic alarm (4) • Other vehicles or objects may be seconds. The hazard warning lights The horn sounds and the hazard blocking the signal. will blink (for smart key, the chime warning lights blink for about 30 sec- • The weather is extremely cold. also sounds) twice again to indicate onds if this button is pressed for • The transmitter (or smart key) is that all doors are unlocked. After more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the close to a radio transmitter such as pressing this button, the doors will horn and lights, press any button on a radio station or an airport which lock automatically unless you open the transmitter. can interfere with normal operation any door within 30 seconds. of the transmitter. When the transmitter (or smart key) ✽ NOTICE does not work properly, open and If the keyless entry system is inoper- close the door with the ignition key. If ative due to exposure to water or liq- you have a problem with the trans- uids, it will not be covered by your mitter (or smart key), contact an manufacturer's vehicle warranty. authorized Kia dealer.

47 Features of your vehicle

• If the transmitter is in close proximi- This device complies with Industry Battery replacement ty to your cell phone or smart phone, Canada Standard RSS-210. the signal from the transmitter could Operation is subject to the following be blocked by normal operation of two conditions: your cell phone or smart phone.This is especially important when the 1. This device may not cause harm- phone is active such as making call, ful interference, and receiving calls, text messaging, 2. This device must accept any inter- and/or sending/receiving emails. ference received, including inter- Avoid placing the transmitter and ference that may cause undesired your cell phone or smart phone in operation. the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance ✽ NOTICE between the two devices. Changes or modifications not OKH042006 expressly approved by the party A battery should last for several responsible for compliance could void years, but if the smart key is not work- the user’s authority to operate the ing properly, try replacing the battery equipment. If the keyless entry sys- with a new one. If you are unsure how tem is inoperative due to changes or to use or replace the battery, contact modifications not expressly approved an authorized Kia dealer. by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. 1. Pry open the smart key center cover. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery position. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

84 Features of your vehicle

The smart key is designed to give you Mechanical key operations years of trouble-free use, however it IC WARNING • Used to lock and unlock the glove can malfunction if exposed to mois- This device complies with box. ture or static electricity. If you are Industry Canada licence- • Lock and unlock the doors when unsure how to use or replace the bat- exempt RSS standard(s). the vehicle or smart key battery is tery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. Operation is subject to the fol- discharged. Using the wrong battery can cause lowing two conditions: (1) this the transmitter or smart key to mal- device may not cause interfer- function. Be sure to use the correct ence, and (2) this device must battery. accept any interference, includ- An inappropriately disposed battery ing interference that may cause can be harmful to the environment undesired operation of the and human health. device. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION - Transmitter damage Do not drop, wet or expose the keyless entry system transmitter to heat or sunlight.

49 Features of your vehicle

When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, perform above steps 1 to 4, remove the mechanical key from the smart key and leave the smart key with the attendant. In this manner the smart key can only be used to start the engine and operate door locks.

Lock release To release the trunk lock feature, OKH042008 OVG043003 open the glove box with the mechan- To remove the mechanical key, press Restrictions in handling keys ical key and set the trunk lid control and hold the release button(1) and To activate the trunk lock system so button to the ON position (pressed). remove the mechanical key(2). that the trunk can only be opened In this position the trunk will open To reinstall the mechanical key, put with the mechanical key, perform the with the trunk lid button or smart key. the key into the hole and push it until following: a click sound is heard. 1. Press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key. 2. Unlock the glove box by using the mechanical key (1) then open it (2). 3. Set the trunk lid control button to the OFF position (unpressed). 4. Close and lock the glove box using the mechanical key.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an system Keep each key separate in order to electronic engine immobilizer system Change the ENGINE START/STOP avoid a starting malfunction. to reduce the risk of unauthorized button to the ON position. vehicle use. Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch. To activate the immobilizer system Metal accessories may interrupt the Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP Change the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position, transponder signal and may prevent button to the OFF position. The immo- the engine from being started. the immobilizer system checks and bilizer system activates automatically. verifies if the key is valid or not. Without a valid smart key for your If you need additional keys or lose If the key is valid, the engine will start. vehicle, the engine will not start. your keys, consult an authorized Kia dealer. If the key is invalid, the engine will not start. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.

411 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Limp home (override) proce- CAUTION - Immobilizer Canada Standard RSS-210. dure damage Operation is subject to the following When you turn the ignition switch to Do not expose your immobilizer two conditions: system to moisture, static elec- the ON position, if the immobilizer tricity and rough handling. This 1. This device may not cause harm- indicator ( ) goes off after blink- may damage your immobilizer. ful interference, and ing 5 times, your transponder 2. This device must accept any inter- equipped in the ignition key is out of ference received, including inter- order. You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure. To CAUTION - Immobilizer ference that may cause undesired operation. start the engine, you have to input alterations your password by using the ignition Do not change, alter or adjust switch. Your password is only avail- the immobilizer system because CAUTION able from an authorized Kia dealer- it could cause the immobilizer Changes or modifications not ship. Contact an authorized dealer system to malfunction. expressly approved by the party for more information. responsible for compliance The following procedure is how to could void the user's authority input your password of “2345” as an to operate the equipment. example. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The immobilizer indicator ( ) will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home procedure. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

3. To enter the first digit (in this example “2”), turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice. Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds (for example, for “3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times). 4. If all of the digits have been input successfully, you have to start the engine within 30 seconds. If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds, the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again. After performing the limp home procedure, you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system.

413 Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage • Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door Park the vehicle and stop the engine. handles with the smart key in Armed Arm the system as described below. your possession. stage 1. Turn off the engine. After completion of the steps 2. Make sure that all doors (and above, the hazard warning lights trunk) and engine hood are closed will blink once to indicate that the and latched. system is armed. Disarmed Theft-alarm stage stage 3. • Lock the doors by depressing If any door remains open, the the door lock button on the trans- hazard warning lights won’t mitter (or smart key). operate and theft-alarm will not After completion of the steps arm. Close the door and try This system is designed to provide above, the hazard warning lights again to lock the doors. protection from unauthorized entry will blink once to indicate that the If trunk or engine hood remains into the vehicle. This system is operat- system is armed. open, the hazard warning lights ed in three stages: the first is the If any door, trunk or engine hood won’t operate and theft-alarm "Armed" stage, the second is the remains open, the hazard warn- will not arm. Close the trunk or "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is ing lights won’t operate and engine hood. The hazard warn- the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the theft-alarm will not arm. After ing lights blink once and theft- system provides an audible alarm with this, if all doors, trunk and engine alarm arms. blinking of the hazard warning lights. hood are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

The theft-alarm system by the key Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage can be activated by an authorized The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when: Kia dealer. the following occurs while the system If you want this feature, consult an is armed. Transmitter authorized Kia dealer. • A front or rear door is opened without using the smart key (or - The door unlock button is pressed. Do not arm the system until all mechanical key). - The engine is started. (within 3 passengers have left the vehicle. If • The trunk is opened without using seconds) the system is armed while a pas- the smart key (or mechanical key). - The ignition switch is in the “ON” senger(s) remains in the vehicle, • The engine hood is opened. position for 30 seconds or more. the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) The horn will sound and the hazard leaves the vehicle. If any door (or warning lights will blink continuously Smart key trunk) or engine hood is opened for approximately 27 seconds. To - The door unlock button is pressed. within 30 seconds after the sys- turn off the system, unlock the doors - The button of the front outside door tem enters the armed stage, the with the smart key. is pressed while carrying the smart system will be disarmed to pre- key. vent unnecessary alarm. - The engine is started. (within 3 seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed. After pressing the unlock button, if any door (or trunk) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

415 Features of your vehicle

• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer. • If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from Smart key ✽ NOTICE outside the vehicle • Doors can be locked and unlocked • In cold and wet climates, door lock Mechanical key with the transmitter (or smart key). and door mechanisms may not (if equipped) work properly due to freezing con- • Doors can be locked and unlocked ditions. pressing the button of the outside • If the door is locked/unlocked door handle with the smart key in multiple times in rapid succession Unlock your possession. with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop Lock • Once the doors are unlocked, they operating temporarily in order to may be opened by pulling the door protect the circuit and prevent handle. damage to system components. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. OVG049187 • After removing the cover (1) ~ (2), turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock (3), (4). • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with a key, only the driver’s door will lock/unlock. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

417 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the front If a power door lock ever fails to func- inside the vehicle door is pulled when the door lock tion while you are in the vehicle, try button is in the lock position, the one or more of the following tech- With the door lock button button will unlock and the door will niques to exit: open. (if equipped) • Operate the door unlock feature • Front doors cannot be locked if the repeatedly (both electronic and ignition key is in the ignition switch manual) while simultaneously (or if the smart key is in the vehicle) pulling on the door handle. and any front door is opened. (if • Operate the other door locks and Unlock Lock equipped) handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside.

OVG043012 • To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button will be visible. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not show. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • Press the switch to the "Lock" position (1), all vehicle doors will lock. WARNING - Doors Driver’s door • Press the switch to the "Unlock" The doors should always be position (2), all vehicle doors will fully closed and locked while the unlock. vehicle is in motion to prevent • If the key is in the ignition switch (or accidental opening of the door. if the smart key is in the vehicle) and any front door is opened, the doors will not lock when the “Lock” WARNING - Unattended position (1) of the central door lock children/ switch is pressed. (if equipped) animals OVG043013N Never leave children or animals Passenger’s door unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle.

OVG043014 Operate by pressing the central door lock switch.

419 Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. system To open the rear door, pull the out- All doors will automatically unlock side door handle (2). when an impact causes the air bags Even though the doors may be to deploy. unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is Auto door lock/unlock feature unlocked. (if equipped) • All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P (Park). • All doors will automatically unlock OTF040014 when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P (Park). The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden- tally opening the rear doors from You can activate or deactivate the inside the vehicle. The rear door auto door lock/unlock features in the safety locks should be used whenev- vehicle. Refer to "LCD display" in this er children are in the vehicle. chapter. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole and turn it to the lock ( ) position. the child safety lock (1) located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

TRUNK Opening the trunk WARNING The trunk swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the trunk.

OVG043017

OVG043016 • To open the trunk from inside the vehicle, press the trunk lid release • Press the trunk unlock button for button. more than 1 second on the trans- Once the trunk is opened and then mitter (or smart key). closed, the trunk locks automati- • Press the button on the trunk han- cally. dle with the smart key in your possession. ✽ NOTICE • Insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it clockwise. In cold and wet climates, trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not Once the trunk is opened and then work properly due to freezing condi- closed, the trunk locks automati- tions. cally.

421 Features of your vehicle

Closing the trunk Emergency trunk safety release To close, lower the trunk lid, then WARNING press down on it until it locks. To be • No one should be allowed to sure the trunk lid is securely fas- occupy the trunk at any time. tened, always check by trying to pull The trunk is a very dangerous it up again. location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for WARNING emergencies only. Use The trunk lid should always be extreme caution, especially kept completely closed while while the vehicle is in motion. the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous OVG049018 exhaust gases may enter the car and serious illness or death Your vehicle is equipped with an may result. emergency trunk release lever located inside the trunk. If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk, moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk.

4 22 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window down (7) Power window lock button

OVG043020N

423 Features of your vehicle

In cold and wet climates, power win- ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing dows may not work properly due to While driving with the rear windows (if equipped) freezing conditions. down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partially Power windows open) position, your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or The ignition switch must be in the ON pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- position for power windows to oper- mal occurrence and can be reduced ate. Each door has a power window or eliminated by taking the follow- switch that controls the door’s win- ing actions. If the noise occurs with dow. The driver has a power window one or both of the rear windows lock switch which can block the oper- down, partially lower both front ation of passenger windows. windows approximately one inch. If The power windows can be operated you experience the noise with the for approximately 30 seconds after the sunroof open, slightly reduce the OVG043021 ignition key is removed or turned to the size of the sunroof opening. The driver’s door has a master power ACC or LOCK position. However, if the window switch that controls all the front doors are opened, the power windows in the vehicle. windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).

4 24 Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (if equipped) position. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OUN026013 Automatic reversal

OVG043023 If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of Pressing or pulling up the power win- the body, the window will detect the dow switch momentarily to the sec- resistance and will stop upward ond detent position (6) completely movement. The window will then lowers or lifts the window even when lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) the switch is released. To stop the to allow the object to be cleared. window at the desired position while If the window detects the resistance the window is in operation, pull up or while the power window switch is press and release the switch to the pulled up continuously, the window opposite direction of the movement. will stop upward movement then If the power window is not operated lower approximately 2.5 cm. (1 in.) correctly, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

425 Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is Power window lock button - Rear passenger's control : Can pulled up continuously again within 5 not operate rear passenger's seconds after the window is lowered window. by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window rever- - Opening / sal will not operate. CAUTION closing Window The automatic reverse feature for the To prevent possible damage to driver’s window is only active when the power window system, do the “auto up” feature is used by fully not open or close two windows pulling up the switch. The automatic or more at the same time. This reverse feature will not operate if the will also ensure the longevity of window is raised using the halfway OVG043024N the fuse. position on the power window switch. • The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear pas- WARNING senger doors by pressing the WARNING - Power Always check for obstructions power window lock switch, located windows before raising any window to on the driver’s door to the LOCK Do not allow children to play avoid injuries or vehicle damage. position (pressed). with the power windows. Keep If an object less than 4 mm (0.16 • When the power window lock the driver’s door power window in.) in diameter is caught button is in the LOCK position lock switch in the LOCK posi- between the window glass and (pressed), tion (pressed). the upper window channel, the - Driver's master control : Can automatic reverse window may operate all window. not detect the resistance and will Always double check to make sure not stop and reverse direction. - Front passenger's control : all arms, hands, head and other Can operate front passenger's obstructions are safely out of the way window. before closing a window.

4 26 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with OVG043026 the hood raised. The view will be blocked and the hood OVG049025 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the second- could fall or be damaged. 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) left of the hood center the hood. The hood should pop and lift the hood (2). open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will raise com- Open the hood after turning off the pletely by itself after it has been engine on a flat surface, shifting the raised about halfway. shift lever to the P(Park) position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxle, and setting the parking brake.

427 Features of your vehicle

Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place.

WARNING • Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat- induced fire.

4 28 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed.

WARNING - Refueling Always remove the fuel cap OVG049029 carefully and slowly. If the cap OVG043027 1. Stop the engine. is venting fuel or if you hear a 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the hissing sound, wait until the The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener up. condition stops before com- from inside the vehicle by pushing pletely removing the cap. the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully open. If pressurized fuel sprays out, it If the fuel filler lid does not open can cover your clothes or skin because ice has formed around it, 4. To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap (2) counterclockwise. and subject you to the risk of tap lightly or push on the lid to break fire and burns. the ice and release the lid. Do not pry 5. Refuel as needed. on the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

429 Features of your vehicle

Always check that the fuel cap is ✽ NOTICE installed securely to prevent fuel WARNING - Static When using an approved portable spillage in the event of an accident. electricity fuel container, be sure to place the • Before touching the fuel noz- container on the ground prior to WARNING - Fire/explo- zle, you should eliminate refueling. Static electricity discharge sion risk potentially dangerous static from the container can ignite fuel electricity discharge by touch- Read and follow all warnings vapors causing a fire. Once refueling ing another metal part of the posted at the gas station facili- has begun, contact with the vehicle vehicle, a safe distance away ty. Failure to follow all warnings should be maintained until the fill- from the fuel filler neck, noz- will result in severe personal ing is complete. Use only approved zle, or other gas source. injury, severe burns or death portable plastic fuel containers due to fire or explosion. • Do not get back into a vehicle designed to carry and store gasoline. once you have begun refueling since you can generate WARNING - Cell phone static electricity by touching, fires rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, Do not use cellular phones nylon, etc.) capable of produc- while refueling. Electric current ing static electricity. Static and/or electronic interference electricity discharge can from cellular phones can poten- ignite fuel vapors resulting in tially ignite fuel vapors causing rapid burning. If you must re- a fire. enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle or other gasoline source.

4 30 Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle Emergency fuel filler lid release WARNING - Refueling& according to the "Fuel requirements" Vehicle fires suggested in section 1. When refueling, always shut the If the fuel filler cap requires replace- engine off. Sparks produced by ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or electrical components related the equivalent specified for your vehi- to the engine can ignite fuel cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can vapors causing a fire. Once result in a serious malfunction of the refueling is complete, check to fuel system or emission control sys- make sure the filler cap and tem. filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine. CAUTION - Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior OVG049028 surfaces of the vehicle. Any WARNING - Smoking If the fuel filler lid does not open type of fuel spilled on painted using the remote fuel filler lid DO NOT use matches or a surfaces may damage the paint. lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or release, you can open it manually by leave a lit cigarette in your vehi- pulling the handle outward slightly. cle while at a gas station especially during refueling. CAUTION Automotive fuel is highly flam- Do not pull the handle exces- mable and can, when ignited, sively, otherwise the luggage result in fire. area trim or release handle may be damaged.

431 Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) In cold and wet climates, the sunroof Sunroof open warning may not work properly due to freez- (if equipped) ing conditions. ■ Type A After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

CAUTION - Sunroof control lever OVG043337E ■ Type B OVG049031 Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sun- If your vehicle is equipped with a roof is fully opened, closed, or sunroof, you can slide or tilt your tilted. Damage to the motor or sunroof with the sunroof control lever system components could occur. located on the overhead console. The sunroof can only be opened, The sunroof cannot slide when it is in closed, or tilted when the ignition OVG043338E switch is in the ON position. the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position. If the driver removes the ignition key (smart key: turns off the engine) and opens the driver-side door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for a few seconds and a message "Sunroof Open" will appear on the LCD display. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

4 32 Features of your vehicle

Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened Closing the sunroof If you pull the sunroof control lever To close the sunroof glass only backward, the sunroof glass will slide Push the sunroof control lever for- all the way open. To stop the sunroof ward to the first detent position or movement at any point, pull or push pull the lever downward. the sunroof control lever momentarily.

To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position. The sunroof glass will close then the OVG049032 sunshade close automatically. To stop the sunroof movement at any When the sunshade is closed point, pull or push the sunroof control If you pull the sunroof control lever lever momentarily. backward to the second detent position, the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

433 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof WARNING - Sunroof Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving or operating the sunroof.

CAUTION • Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail. OYF049215 • If you try to open the sunroof OYF049201 If an object or part of the body is when the temperature is When the sunshade is closed detected while the sunroof glass or below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow If you push the sunroof control lever sunshade is closing automatically, it upward, the sunshade will slide all will reverse the direction, and then or ice, the glass or the motor could be damaged. the way open then the sunroof glass stop. will tilt. The auto reverse function does not To stop the sunroof movement at any work if a tiny obstacle is between the point, pull or push the sunroof control sliding glass or sunshade and the lever momentarily. sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.

4 34 Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened Sunshade ✽ NOTICE If you push the sunroof control lever It is normal for wrinkles to form on upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. the blind because of its material To stop the sunroof movement at any characteristic. point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is OYF049214 covered with snow or ice, the glass or the motor could be • To open the sunshade, pull the damaged. sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. • To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed, push the sunroof control lever forward. To stop the sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

435 Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof When this is complete, the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- system is reset. connected or discharged, or related ❈ For more detailed information, fuse is blown, you must reset your contact an authorized Kia dealer. sunroof system as follows: ✽ NOTICE 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON If the sunroof is not reset when the position and close the sunroof vehicle battery is disconnected or completely. discharged, or related fuse is blown, 2. Release the control lever. the sunroof may operate improperly. 3. Push and hold the control lever forward (for more than 10 seconds) until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves. Then, release the lever. 4. Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows:

SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE → SUNSHADE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

4 36 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE If the Electric Power Steering System Power steering uses the motor to The following symptoms may occur does not operate normally, the warn- assist you in steering the vehicle. If during normal vehicle operation: ing light will illuminate on the instru- the engine is off or if the power steer- • The steering effort is increased ment cluster. The steering wheel may ing system becomes inoperative, the immediately after turning the igni- become difficult to control or operate vehicle may still be steered, but it will tion switch on. This happens as the abnormally. Take your vehicle to an require increased steering effort. system performs the EPS system authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. The motor driven power steering is diagnostics. When the diagnostics controlled by the power steering con- are completed, the steering wheel trol unit which senses the steering will return to its normal condition wheel torque and vehicle speed to • A click noise may be heard from command the motor. the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or The steering wheel becomes heavier LOCK position. as the vehicle’s speed increases and • Motor noise may be heard when becomes lighter as the vehicle’s the vehicle is at a stop or at a low speed decreases for better control of driving speed. the steering wheel. • The steering effort increases if the Should you notice any change in the steering wheel is rotated continu- effort required to steer during normal ously when the vehicle is not in vehicle operation, have the power motion. However, after a few min- steering checked by an authorized utes, it will return to its normal Kia dealer. conditions. • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.

437 Features of your vehicle

Tilt and telescoping steering Manual type Electric type Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. OVG043036 OVG043037 WARNING - Steering To change the steering wheel angle To change the steering wheel angle wheel and height: and height: adjustment 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). • Move the switch (1) up and down Never adjust the angle and 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the to adjust the angle (2). height of the steering wheel desired angle (2) and height (3). • Move the switch forward or rear- while driving. You may lose 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to ward to adjust the height (3). steering control. lock the steering wheel in place.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel Horn (if equipped) CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system.

OXM043305 OVG043200N To sound the horn, press the horn With the ignition switch in the ON symbol on your steering wheel. position, pressing the heated steer- Check the horn regularly to be sure it ing wheel button warms the steering operates properly. wheel. The indicator on the button To sound the horn, press the area will illuminate and notify you on the indicated by the horn symbol on your LCD display. steering wheel (see illustration). The To turn the heated steering wheel off, horn will operate only when this area press the button once again. The is pressed. indicator on the button will turn off and notify you on the LCD display.

439 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ® Adjust the rearview mirror so that the (if equipped) with HomeLink system and center view through the rear window compass (if equipped) is seen. Make this adjustment before Your vehicle may be equipped with a you start driving. Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-Nav® Electronic Compass Do not place objects in the rear seat ® which would interfere with your vision Night Display and an Integrated HomeLink through the rear window. Wireless Control System. During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce WARNING - Mirror rearview mirror glare while the com- adjustment pass indicates the direction the vehi- Day ® Do not adjust the rearview mirror cle is pointed. The HomeLink while the vehicle is moving. This OAM049023 Universal Transceiver allows you to could result in loss of control. activate your garage door(s), electric Make this adjustment before you gate, home lighting, etc. start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

4 40 Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function ® ® Safety (NVS ) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi- the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto- annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled during any driving situation. For more by the Dimming ON/OFF Button: information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which www.gentex.com is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off. OYF049230C 2. Pressing the button again turns (1) Channel 1 button CAUTION ® the auto-dimming function ON (2) Channel 2 button The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving which is indicated by the green (3) Status indicator LED conditions based upon light lev- Status Indicator LED turning on. (4) Channel 3 button els monitored in front of the vehi- (5) Rear light sensor cle and from the rear of the vehi- ✽ NOTICE cle. These light sensors are visi- (6) Dimming ON/OFF button ble through openings in the front The mirror defaults to the ON posi- (7) Compass control button and rear of the mirror case. Any tion each time the vehicle is started. (8) Compass display object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automat- Z-Nav™ Compass Display ic dimming control feature. The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-Nav® Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

441 Features of your vehicle

Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled. To turn the display feature ON/OFF: 1. Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF. 2. Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or by the user. The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section.

B520C05NF

4 42 Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: There are some conditions that can Integrated HomeLink® 1. Determine the desired Zone cause changes to the vehicle mag- Wireless Control System Number based upon your current nets, such as installing a ski rack or The HomeLink® Wireless Control location on the Zone Map. a CB antenna. Body repair work on System provides a convenient way to the vehicle can also cause changes replace up to three hand-held radio- 2. Press and hold the button for to the vehicle's magnetic field. In more than 3 but less than 6 sec- frequency (RF) transmitters with a these situations, the compass will single built-in device. This innovative onds, the current Zone Number need to be re-calibrated to quickly will appear on the display. feature will learn the radio frequency correct for these changes. To re-cali- codes of most current transmitters to 3. Pressing and holding the button brate the compass: again will cause the numbers to operate devices such as gate opera- 1. Press and hold the button for tors, garage door openers, entry increment (Note: they will repeat more than 6 seconds. When the …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing door locks, security systems, even compass memory is cleared a "C" home lighting. Both standard and the button when the desired Zone will appear in the display. Number appears on the display rolling code-equipped transmitters will set the new Zone. 2. To calibrate the compass, drive can be programmed by following the the vehicle in 2 complete circles at outlined procedures. Additional 4. Within about 5 seconds the com- less than 5 mph (8 km/h). HomeLink® information can be found pass will start displaying a com- at: www.homelink.com or by calling pass heading again. 1-800-355-3515.

443 Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter of the Programming HomeLink® CAUTION RF device you are programming for ✽ NOTICE Before programming HomeLink® use in other vehicles as well as for to a garage door opener or gate future HomeLink® programming. It is • When programming a garage operator, make sure that people also suggested that upon the sale of door opener, it is advised to park and objects are out of the way of the vehicle, the programmed the vehicle outside of the garage. the device to prevent potential HomeLink® buttons be erased for • It is recommended that a new bat- harm or damage. Do not use security purposes. tery be placed in the hand-held ® transmitter of the device being pro- HomeLink with any garage door ® opener that lacks the safety stop grammed to HomeLink for quick- and reverse features required by er training and accurate transaxle U.S. federal safety standards of the radio-frequency signal. (this includes any garage door • Some vehicles may require the opener model manufactured ignition switch to be turned to the before April 1, 1982). A garage second (or "accessories") position for programming and/or opera- door that cannot detect an object ® - signaling the door to stop and tion of HomeLink . reverse - does not meet current • In the event that there are still pro- U.S. federal safety standards. gramming difficulties or questions Using a garage door opener with- after following the programming steps listed below, contact out these features increases the ® risk of serious injury or death. HomeLink at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

4 44 Features of your vehicle

Standard programming 5. Press and hold the just-trained Rolling code programming To train most devices, follow these HomeLink® button and observe Rolling code devices which are instructions: the red Status Indicator LED. If the "code-protected" and manufactured indicator light stays on constantly, after 1996 may be determined by the 1. For first-time programming, press programming is complete and and hold the two outside buttons, following: ® your device should activate when HomeLink Channel 1 and the HomeLink® button is pressed • Reference the device owner's Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi- and released. manual for verification. cator light begins to flash (after 20 6. To program the remaining two • The handheld transmitter appears seconds). Release both buttons. to program the HomeLink® Do not hold the buttons for longer HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2 through 5. Universal Transceiver but does not than 30 seconds. activate the device. 2. Position the end of your hand-held • Press and hold the trained transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away HomeLink® button. The device has from the HomeLink® buttons while the rolling code feature if the indi- keeping the indicator light in view. cator light flashes rapidly and then 3. Simultaneously press and hold turns solid after 2 seconds. both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed. 4. While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink® successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand-held transmitter. Release both buttons.

445 Features of your vehicle

To train rolling code devices, follow 3. Return to the vehicle, firmly press Gate operator & these instructions: and hold for two seconds the desired Canadian programming 1. At the garage door opener receiver HomeLink® button then release. During programming, your handheld (motor-head unit) in the garage, Repeat the "press/hold/release" transmitter may automatically stop locate the "learn" or "smart" button. sequence a second time to complete transmitting. Continue to press the This can usually be found where the the programming. (Some devices Integrated HomeLink® Wireless hanging antenna wire is attached to may require you to repeat this Control System button (note steps 2 the motor-head unit. Exact location sequence a third time to complete through 4 in the Standard and color of the button may vary by the programming.) Programming portion of this docu- garage door opener brand. 4. Press and hold the just-trained ment) while you press and re-press If there is difficulty locating the train- HomeLink® button and observe ("cycle") your handheld transmitter ing button, reference the device the red Status Indicator LED. If the every two seconds until the frequen- owner's manual or please visit our indicator light stays on constantly, cy signal has been learned. The indi- Web site at www.homelink.com. programming is complete and cator light will flash slowly and then your device should activate. rapidly after several seconds upon 2. Firmly press and release the successful training. "learn" or "smart" button (which 5. To program the remaining two activates the "training light"). HomeLink® buttons, follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 ✽ NOTICE through 5 in Standard Programming There are 30 seconds in which to ini- for standard devices. tiate step 3.

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Operating HomeLink® Reprogramming a single Erasing HomeLink® buttons ® To operate, simply press and release HomeLink button Individual buttons cannot be erased. the programmed HomeLink® button. To program a new device to a previ- However, to erase all three pro- Activation will now occur for the ously trained HomeLink® button, fol- grammed buttons: trained device (i.e. garage door low these steps: 1. Press and hold the two outer opener, gate operator, security sys- 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® buttons until the indi- tem, entry door lock, home/office HomeLink® button. Do NOT release cator light begins to flash-after 20 lighting, etc.). For convenience, the until step 4 has been completed. seconds. hand-held transmitter of the device 2. When the indicator light begins to may also be used at any time. 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold flash slowly (after 20 seconds), for longer than 30 seconds. position the handheld transmitter 1 The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless to 3 inches away from the ® Control System is now in the training HomeLink surface. (learn) mode and can be pro- 3. Press and hold the handheld grammed at any time following the transmitter button. The HomeLink® appropriate steps in the Programming indicator light will flash, first slowly sections above. and then rapidly. 4. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons. 5. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink® button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your new device should activate.

447 Features of your vehicle

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 NVS® and ZNav® are registered Outside rearview mirror ® IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 trademarks. Nav are of Gentex Be sure to adjust mirror angles Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. before driving. ® This device complies with Industry HomeLink is a registered trade- Your vehicle is equipped with both Canada Standard RSS-210. mark owned by Johnson Controls left-hand and right-hand outside Technology Company, Holland, rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be Operation is subject to the following Michigan. two conditions: adjusted remotely with the remote switch (if equipped). The mirror 1. This device may not cause harm- heads can be folded to prevent dam- ful interference, and age during an automatic car wash or 2. This device must accept any inter- when passing through a narrow ference received, including inter- street. ference that may cause undesired The right outside rearview mirror is operation. convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. WARNING Use your interior rearview mirror or The transceiver has been tested direct observation to determine the and complies with FCC and actual distance of following vehicles Industry Canada rules. Changes when changing lanes. or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

4 48 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting outside rearview mirror After the adjustment, put the lever CAUTION - Rearview into neutral (center) position to pre- mirror vent inadvertent adjustment. Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the sur- - Outside mirror face of the glass. If ice should CAUTION restrict movement of the mirror, • The mirrors stop moving when do not force the mirror for they reach the maximum adjustment. To remove ice, use adjusting angles, but the a deicer spray, or a sponge or motor continues to operate soft cloth with very warm water. while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor WARNING - Mirror OVG043045N may be damaged. adjustment The electric remote control mirror • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by Do not adjust or fold the outside switch allows you to adjust the posi- hand. Doing so may damage rearview mirrors while the vehi- tion of the left and right outside the parts. cle is moving. This could result rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- in loss of control. tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position. Move the lever (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.

449 Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function L/R : When the remote control out- Folding the outside rearview mirror (if equipped) side rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward. Neutral : When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle, the outside rearview mirrors will not operate while the vehicle is moving rearward. OVG043046N OVG043035N The outside rearview mirror can be The outside rearview mirrors will auto- While the vehicle is moving rear- folded or unfolded by pressing the matically revert to their original posi- switch as below. ward, the outside rearview mirror(s) tions under the following conditions: Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. will move downward to aid reverse 1. The ignition switch is in the OFF parking. According to the position of position. Right (2) : The mirror will fold. the outside rearview mirror switch (1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will 2. Shift lever is moved to any position operate as follows: except R (Reverse). 3. Remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION matically as follows: - Electric type outside rearview mirror • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by The electric type outside the smart key. rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in • The mirror will fold or unfold when the OFF position. However, to the door is locked or unlocked by prevent unnecessary battery the button on the outside door han- discharge, do not adjust the dle. mirrors longer than necessary • The mirror will unfold when you while the engine is not running. approach the vehicle (all doors In case it is an electric type out- closed and locked) with a smart side rearview mirror, don’t fold it key in possession. (if equipped) by hand. It could cause motor failure.

451 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display 6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped) ■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in this chapter.

OVG043050C/OVG043051C

4 52 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A LCD Display Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination

OVG043302E ■ Type B

OXM043124 The LCD display modes can be OVG043052 changed by using the control buttons The brightness of the instrument on the steering wheel. panel illumination is changed by OVG043303E pressing the illumination control button (1) : MODE button for changing ("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or • If you hold the illumination control button ("+" or "-"), the brightness modes or SELECT button Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the for setting the selected item tale lights are turned on. will be changed continuously. • If the brightness reaches to the (2) : MOVE button for changing maximum or minimum level, an items or RESET button for alarm will sound. resetting the selected item

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

453 Features of your vehicle

Gauges Tachometer CAUTION Speedometer ■ Type A Do not operate the engine with- ■ Type A in the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

OVG043055 OVG043053L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043056 OVG043054 The tachometer indicates the The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

4 54 Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel Gauge Gauge CAUTION ■ If the gauge pointer moves Type A ■ Type A beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 6. OVG043059 OVG043057 ■ Type B ■ Type B WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir. OVG043060 OVG043058 This gauge indicates the approxi- This gauge indicates the tempera- mate amount of fuel remaining in the ture of the engine coolant when the fuel tank. ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON.

455 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • The fuel tank capacity is given in WARNING - Fuel Gauge Fuel display may not be accurate if chapter 8. Running out of fuel can expose you are filling in sloping places. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by vehicle occupants to danger. a low fuel warning light, which You must stop and obtain addi- will illuminate when the fuel tank tional fuel as soon as possible is nearly empty. after the warning light comes • On inclines or curves, the fuel on or when the gauge indicator gauge pointer may fluctuate or the comes close to the “E (Empty)” low fuel warning light may come level. on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

4 56 Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately ■ Type A ■ Type A like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive. The temperature unit (from °F to °C or from °C to °F) can be changed by using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD OVG043061 OVG043063 Display” in this chapter. ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043062 OVG043064 The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F) be performed. - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilometers or miles.

457 Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator •Park :P Automatic Transaxle Shift • Reverse : R Indicator • Neutral : N

■ Type A •Drive :D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OVG043065 ■ Type B

OVG043066 This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.

4 58 Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY LCD Modes

Symbol Modes Explanation Type A Type B This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, Trip Computer and so on. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) SCC/LDWS and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS). (if equipped) - For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control system (SCC)" or "Lane Departurn Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Tur n By Tur n This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped) -

This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days). Information This mode informs of warning messages related washer fluid or malfunction of Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) and so on.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

459 Features of your vehicle

Service Mode If the remaining mileage or time Service required reaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30 Service in ■ Type A days, "Service in" message is dis- ■ Type A played for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

OVG043387E OVG043304E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043305E OVG043388E If you do not have your vehicle serv- It calculates and displays when you iced according to the already inputted need a scheduled maintenance service interval, “Service required” service (mileage or days). message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

4 60 Features of your vehicle

To reset the service interval to the Service in OFF ✽ NOTICE mileage and days you inputted before: ■ Type A If any of the following conditions - Press the RESET button for occurs, the mileage and days may be more than 1 second. incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

OVG043393E ■ Type B

OVG043394E If the service interval is not set, “Service in OFF” message is displayed on the LCD display.

461 Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode Door Description Auto Door Lock ■ Type A • Off: • This warning light informs the driv- The auto door lock operation will er the following situations be deactivated. - Low washer fluid • Speed: - TPMS All doors will be automatically - Blind spot detection (BSD) locked when the vehicle speed (if equipped) exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). - Fuel cap open • Shift Lever: - Service required All doors will be automatically OVG043308E locked if the automatic transaxle The Master Warning Light illumi- ■ Type B shift lever is shifted from the P nates when more than one of the (Park) position to the R (Reverse), above warning situations occur. At N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. this time, the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ). If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ). (ex : refill the washer fluid) OVG043309E On this mode, you can change setting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

4 62 Features of your vehicle

Auto Door Unlock Two Press Unlock Horn Feedback • Off: • Off: • Off: The auto door unlock operation will The two press unlock function will The Horn feedback operation will be canceled. be deactivated. Therefore, all doors be deactivated. • Key Out or Power Off: will unlock if the door is unlocked. • On: All doors will be automatically • On: After locking the door by pressing unlocked when the ignition key is The driver’s door will unlock if the the lock button on the transmitter, if removed from ignition switch or door is unlocked. When the door is you press the lock button again Engine Start/Stop Button is set to unlocked again within 4 seconds, within 4 seconds, the warning the OFF position. all doors will unlock. sound will operate once to indicate • Shift Lever: that all doors are locked. All doors will be automatically Lock/Unlock sound unlocked if the automatic transaxle • Off: shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position. The Lock/Unlock sound operation will be deactivated. • On: When you locking (or unlocking) the door by pressing the lock (or unlock) button on the transmitter or door out handle, the confirm sound will operate.

463 Features of your vehicle

Lamp Settings Seat Easy Access (if equipped) One touch turn lamp Temperature Unit If this item is checked, the driver’s If this item is checked, the lane Convert the temperature unit from °C seat will automatically move forward change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 to °F or from °F to °C. or rearward for the driver to enter or times when the turn signal lever is exit the vehicle comfortably. moved slightly. Speed Unit (for type B cluster) Steering Easy Access (if equipped) Convert the speedometer unit km/h Head Lamp Delay to MPH or MPH to km/h If this item is checked, the steering If this item is checked, the headlamp wheel will automatically move upward At this time MPH or km/h unit dis- or downward for driver to enter or exit delay and headlamp welcome func- played in the upper-right corner. tion will be activated. the vehicle comfortably. Speedometer Size (for type B cluster) Welcome Light (if equipped) Welcome Sound Adjust the size of the numbers on the If this item is checked, the welcome If this item is checked, the welcome cluster you prefer (normal or large) light function of the pocket lamp will sound function will be activated. be activated. AVG Fuel Eco Reset Steering Position • Auto Reset: If this item is checked, the warning The average fuel economy will function regarding the steering wheel reset automatically when refueling. alignment will be activated. • Manual Reset: For more details, refer to "Warning The average fuel economy will not Messages" in this chapter. reset automatically whenever refueling. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

Service Interval A/V Mode Turn By Turn Mode

■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type B

OVG043361E OVG043071 OVG043073E ■ Type B ■ Type B This mode displays the state of the navigation.

OVG043310E OVG043072 On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the service interval function with mileage A/V system. (mi. or km) and period (months).

465 Features of your vehicle

Warning Messages Low Key Battery Press start button while turn steering Shift to "P" position ■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type A

OVG043315E OVG043321E ■ Type B OVG043395E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043316E OVG043322E • This warning message illuminates OVG043396E • This warning message illuminates if if the battery of the smart key is • This warning message illuminates you try to turn off the engine without discharged when the Engine if the steering wheel does not the shift lever in P (Park) position. Start/Stop Button changes to the unlock normally when the Engine OFF position. Start/Stop Button is pressed. • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Button turns to the ACC position (If • It means that you should press the you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button while Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right ON position). and left.

4 66 Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel unlocked Check steering wheel lock Press brake pedal to start engine system ■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type A

OVG043389E OVG043325E ■ Type B OVG043391E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043390E OVG043326E • This warning message illuminates OVG043392E • This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock • This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop Button when the Engine Start/Stop Button if the steering wheel does not lock changes to the ACC position twice changes to the OFF position. normally when the Engine by pressing the button repeatedly Start/Stop Button changes to the without depressing the brake pedal. OFF position. • It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine.

467 Features of your vehicle

Key not in vehicle Key not detected Press start button again

■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type A

OVG043311E OVG043313E OVG043317E ■ Type B ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043312E OVG043314E OVG043318E • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected if you can not operate the Engine when you press the Engine when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button when there is a Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button. problem with the Engine Start/Stop • It means that you should always Button system. have the smart key with you. • It means that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop Button once more.

4 68 Features of your vehicle

• If the warning illuminates each Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" time you press the Engine ■ ■ Start/Stop Button, have your vehi- Type A Type A cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

OVG043319E OVG043329E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043320E OVG043330E • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start/Stop if the brake switch fuse is discon- Button while the warning message nected. “Key not detected” is illuminating. • It means that you should replace • At this time, the immobilizer indica- the fuse with a new one. If that is tor light blinks. not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

469 Features of your vehicle

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine ✽ NOTICE Door Open ■ Type A You can start the engine with the ■ Type A shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

OVG043323E OVG043333E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043324E OVG043334E • This warning message illuminates • It means that any door is open. if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.

4 70 Features of your vehicle

Trunk Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel

■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type A

OVG043335E OVG043337E OVG043339E ■ Type B ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043336E OVG043338E OVG043340E • It means that the trunk is open. • The warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you turn off the engine and then if you start the engine when the open the driver's door when the steering wheel is turned to more sunroof is open. than 90 degrees to the left or right. • It means that you should turn the steering wheel and make the angle of the steering wheel be less than 30 degrees.

471 Features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

■ Type A ■ Type A

OVG043331E OVG043327E ■ Type B ■ Type B

OVG043332E OVG043328E • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if if the fuse switch on the fuse box is the washer fluid level in the reser- OFF. voir is nearly empty. • It means that you should turn the • It means that you should refill the fuse switch on. washer fluid. For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER Overview Trip Modes Fuel Economy Description FUEL ECONOMY ■ Type A The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- • Distance To Empty tem that displays information related • Average Fuel Economy to driving. • Instant Fuel Economy ✽ NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example TRIP A Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the OVG043067C • Tripmeter [A] ■ battery is disconnected. Type B • Average Vehicle Speed [A] • Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP B • Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B] OVG043069C • Elapsed Time [B]

To change the trip mode, press the MOVE button .

473 Features of your vehicle

Range (1) Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset • The range is the estimated dis- • The average fuel economy is calcu- To make the average fuel economy tance the vehicle can be driven lated by the total driving distance be reset automatically whenever refu- with the remaining fuel. and fuel consumption since the last eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in - Distance range : 50 ~ 9999 km or average fuel economy reset. User Setting menu of the LCD display 30 ~ 9999 mi. - Fuel economy range: L/100km or (Refer to “LCD Display”). • If the estimated distance is below 0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- 50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer will • The average fuel economy can be age fuel economy will be cleared to display “---” as range. reset both manually and automati- zero (---) when the vehicle speed cally. exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters). ✽ NOTICE Manual reset • If the vehicle is not on level ground ✽ NOTICE or the battery power has been To clear the average fuel economy interrupted, the range function manually, press the RESET button The average fuel economy is not dis- may not operate correctly. on the steering wheel for more than 1 played for more accurate calculation • The range may differ from the second when the average fuel econo- if the vehicle does not drive more actual driving distance as it is an my is displayed. than 300 meters (0.19 miles) since estimate of the available driving the Engine Start/Stop button is distance. turned to ON. • The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel economy and range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

4 74 Features of your vehicle

Instant Fuel Economy (3) Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)

• This mode displays the instant fuel ■ Type A • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- economy during the last few sec- tance since the last tripmeter reset. onds when the vehicle speed is - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH). or mi. - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30 • To reset the tripmeter, press the L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is displayed.

OVG043341C ■ Type B

OVG043386C

475 Features of your vehicle

Average Vehicle Speed (2) Elapsed Time (3) • The average vehicle speed is cal- • The elapsed time is the total driv- culated by the total driving dis- ing time since the last elapsed time tance and driving time since the reset. last average vehicle speed reset. - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 - Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH • To reset the elapsed time, press the • To reset the average vehicle speed, RESET button on the steering press the RESET button on the wheel for more than 1 second when steering wheel for more than 1 sec- the elapsed time is displayed. ond when the average vehicle speed is displayed. ✽ NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion, ✽ NOTICE the elapsed time keeps going while • The average vehicle speed is not dis- the engine is running. played if the driving distance is less than 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON. • Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is running.

4 76 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

477 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.

4 78 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic WARNING - Parking Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force & Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution Driving the vehicle with a warn- This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System ing light ON is dangerous. If the Warning Light Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at Warning Light illuminates with the same time while driving: the parking brake released, it position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake indicates that the brake fluid system may not work normally. level is low. seconds and then goes off. In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle • When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer. tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). WARNING - Electronic In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) System Warning Light dealer. When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

479 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) (EBD) System Light Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position. meter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is the steering effort may increase or started. started. decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.

4 80 Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging Engine system: If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle. • Once you set the ignition switch or tial catalytic converter damage 2. Turn the engine off and check the is possible which could result in Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness loss of engine power. or breakage. In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is started. If the belt is adjusted properly, inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system. either the alternator or electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

481 Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light Pressure Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • If the engine does not stop • Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates: Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty. position. illuminated, severe damage - It remains on until the engine is could result. If the fuel tank is nearly empty: started. • If the warning light stays on Add fuel as soon as possible. • When the engine oil pressure is low. while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or If the engine oil pressure is low: CAUTION - Low Fuel malfunction. In this case, Level 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as location and stop your vehicle. Driving with the Low Fuel Level it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel 2. Turn the engine off and check the 2. Turn off the engine and level below “0 or E” can cause engine oil level (For more details, check the oil level. If the oil the engine to misfire and dam- refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If level is low, fill the engine age the catalytic converter (if the level is low, add oil as required. oil to the proper level. equipped). If the warning light remains on 3. Start the engine again. If the after adding oil or if oil is not avail- warning light stays on after able, have your vehicle inspected the engine is started, turn by an authorized Kia dealer as the engine off immediately. soon as possible. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds WARNING (if equipped) or repeats blinking and off at the - Low tire pressure intervals of approximately 3 seconds: • Significantly low tire pressure This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with makes the vehicle unstable the TPMS. and can contribute to loss of • Once you set the ignition switch or In this case, have your vehicle vehicle control and increased Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON braking distances. position. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. • Continued driving or low pres- - It illuminates for approximately 3 sure tires will cause the tires to seconds and then goes off. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System overheat and fail. • When one or more of your tires are (TPMS)” in chapter 6. significantly underinflated (The location of the underinflated tires WARNING - Safe Stopping are displayed on the LCD display). • The TPMS cannot alert you to For more details, refer to “Tire severe and sudden tire damage Pressure Monitoring System caused by external factors. (TPMS)” in chapter 6. • If you notice any vehicle insta- bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

483 Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light Adaptive Front Lighting Master Warning light System (AFLS) Warning AFLS Light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: • This warning light informs the driv- This warning light blinks: When a door is not closed securely. er the following situations • Once you set the Engine - Low washer fluid Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- Trunk Open Warning tion. - TPMS Light - It illuminates for approximately 3 - Blind spot detection (BSD) seconds and then goes off. (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with - Fuel cap open When the trunk is not closed securely. the AFLS. - Service required The Master Warning Light illumi- If there is a malfunction with the AFLS: nates when more than one of the 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe above warning situations occur. At location and stop your vehicle. this time, the LCD Modes Icon will 2. Turn the engine off and restart the change from ( ) to ( ). engine. If the warning light remains If the warning situation is solved, the on, have your vehicle inspected by master warning light will be turned off an authorized Kia dealer. and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ). (ex : refill the washer fluid)

4 84 Features of your vehicle

✽ Electric Parking Brake NOTICE - Electric Parking AUTO HOLD Indicator AUTO (EPB) Warning Light EPB Brake (EPB) Light (if equipped) HOLD (if equipped) Warning Light The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: Warning Light may illuminates • [White] When you activate the auto • Once you set the ignition switch or when the Electronic Stability control hold system by pressing the AUTO Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to HOLD button. position. indicates that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate • [Green] When you stop the vehicle - It illuminates for approximately 3 malfunction of the EPB). completely by depressing the seconds and then goes off. brake pedal with the auto hold sys- • When there is a malfunction with tem activated. the EPB. • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- In this case, have your vehicle tion with the auto hold system. inspected by an authorized Kia In this case, have your vehicle dealer. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

❈ For more details, refer to “Auto Hold” in chapter 5.

485 Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Smart Cruise Control Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF (SCC) Warning Light Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light (if equipped) Light This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with advanced smart cruise control sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or tem. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. position. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia deal- - It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3 er. seconds and then goes off. seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with • When you deactivate the ESC sys- the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- Smart Cruise Control ton. In this case, have your vehicle (SCC) Radar Warning inspected by an authorized Kia Light (if equipped) dealer. For more details, refer to “Electronic This warning light illuminates: Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. • When the radar of the advanced This indicator light blinks: smart cruise control system or its cover is stained. While the ESC is operating. Remove the stains with a soft cloth

For more details, refer to “Electronic ❈ Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. For more details, refer to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC) System” in chapter 5.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light • When the vehicle can not detect This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi- to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop This indicator light blinks: • When the vehicle detects the Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle on. while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia is ACC or ON. dealer. - At this time, you can start the If any of the following occurs, there engine. This indicator light blinks: may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. In this case, have your - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key vehicle inspected by an authorized starting the engine. is weak. Kia dealer. - At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start but illuminates. seconds: the engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop Button with the smart - The indicator light blinks more • When the smart key is not in the rapidly. vehicle. key. (For more details, refer to “Starting the Engine” in section 5). - The indicator light does not illumi- - At this time, you can not start the nate at all. engine. • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

487 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Washer Fluid Warning Light Light

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights the high beam position are on. In this case, you should refill the washer fluid. • When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator Light Cruise Indicator Light CRUISE This indicator light illuminates: • When the front fog lights are on. This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control system is enabled.

For more details, refer to “Cruise Control System” in chapter 5.

4 88 Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET Indicator Light SET

This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control speed is set.

For more details, refer to “Cruise Control System” in chapter 5.

489 Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM Operation of the rear parking WARNING assist system The rear parking assist system Operating condition is a supplementary function only. The operation of the rear • This system will activate when parking assist system can be backing up with the ignition switch affected by several factors ON. (including environmental condi- If the vehicle is moving at a speed tions). It is the responsibility of over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system the driver to always check the may not be activated correctly. Sensors area behind the vehicle before • The sensing distance while the OVG043101 and while backing up. rear parking assist system is in The rear parking assist system operation is approximately 120 cm assists the driver during backward (47 in.) at the rear bumper center movement of the vehicle by chiming area, 60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear if any object is sensed within a dis- bumper both side area. tance of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the • When more than two objects are vehicle. This system is a supplemen- sensed at the same time, the clos- tal system and it is not intended to est one will be recognized first. nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limited. Whenever backing- up, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system.

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Types of warning sound and indi- ✽ NOTICE Non-operational conditions of cator The indicator may differ from the rear parking assist system illustration as objects or sensors sta- The rear parking assist system Indicator tus. Types of warning sound may not operate properly when: Type A Type B If the indicator blinks, the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It When an object is 120 cm to will operate normally when the 61 cm (47 in to 24 in) from moisture has been cleared.) the rear bumper: 2. The sensor is covered with foreign Buzzer beeps intermittently. matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will When an object is 60 cm to operate normally when the materi- 31 cm (23 in to 12 in) from al is removed or the sensor is no the rear bumper: longer blocked.) Buzzer beeps more frequently. 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, When an object is within gradient). 30 cm (11 in.) of the rear bumper: 4. Objects generating excessive Buzzer sounds continuously. noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) ✽ NOTICE are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. It may not operate if it’s distance from the object is already less than 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile approximately 10 in when the sys- phones are within range of the tem is ON. sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing

491 Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system ✽ NOTICE when: precautions This system can only sense objects 1. The sensor is stained with foreign • The rear parking assist system within the range and location of the matter such as snow or water. may not sound sequentially sensors; It can not detect objects in (The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, 2. Outside air temperature is • The rear parking assist system such as poles or objects located extremely hot or cold. may malfunction if the vehicle between sensors may not be detected bumper height or sensor installa- by the sensors. The following objects may not be tion has been modified or dam- Always visually check behind the recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed vehicle when backing up. equipment or accessories may Be sure to inform any drivers of the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. also interfere with the sensor performance. the system regarding the systems 2. Objects which tend to absorb the capabilities and limitations. sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize spongy material or snow. objects less than 30 cm (11 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an 3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution. 1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis WARNING If you don’t hear an audible warning Pay close attention when the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- vehicle is driven close to mittently when shifting the shift lever objects on the road, particularly into the R (Reverse) position, this pedestrians, and especially may indicate a malfunction in the children. Be aware that some parking assist system. If this occurs, objects may not be detected by the system be checked by an author- the sensors, due to the object’s ized Kia dealer. distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always per- WARNING form a visual inspection to Your new vehicle warranty does make sure the vehicle is clear of not cover any accidents or dam- all obstructions before moving age to the vehicle or injuries to the vehicle in any direction. its occupants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

493 Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA

WARNING • This system is a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the inside/outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up because there is a dead zone that can't OVG043107 be seen through the camera. • Always keep the camera lens clean. If the lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not operate normally.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) system, rearview display will show behind the vehicle through the OVG043106L AVN monitor while backing-up. The rearview camera will activate Refer to a separately supplied when the back-up light is ON with the manual for detailed information. ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position. This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while backing-up.

4 94 Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Welcome light (if equipped) • Without smart key system Interior light - When the door unlock button is When the interior light switch is in the pressed on the transmitter. DOOR position and all doors (and • With the smart key system trunk) are locked and closed, the - When the door unlock button is room lamp will come on for 30 sec- pressed on the smart key. onds if any of the below is performed. - When the button of the outside When the door unlock button is door handle is pressed. pressed on the smart key. - When the vehicle is approached When the button of the outside door with the smart key in possession. handle is pressed. Also, if the outside rearview mirror At this time, if you press the door lock OVG043191L folding switch is in the AUTO position, the outside rearview mirror will or unlock button, the room lamp will When all the doors (and trunk) are unfold automatically. turn off immediately. locked and closed, the puddle lamp and door handle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.

495 Features of your vehicle

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OVG063001 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location. When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far as possible. The hazard warning lights are turned on by pressing in the hazard switch. Both turn signal lights will blink. The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch. To turn the hazard warning lights off, push the switch again.

4 96 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlight escort function Daytime running light • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) prevent the battery from being dis- The headlights (and/or parking lights) can make it easier for others to see charged. The system automatically will remain on for approximately 5 min- the front of your vehicle during the turns off the parking lights when utes after the ignition key is removed day. DRL can be helpful in many dif- the driver removes the ignition key or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- ferent driving conditions, and it is (smart key: turns off the engine) tion. However, if the driver’s door is especially helpful after dawn and and opens the driver-side door. opened and closed, the headlights are before sunset. • With this feature, the parking lights turned off after 15 seconds. • The DRL system turns ON when: will be turned off automatically if The headlights can be turned off by 1. The headlight switch is OFF or the driver parks on the side of road pressing the lock button on the trans- the taillight switch is ON. at night. mitter (or smart key) twice or turning 2. The parking brake is released. If necessary, to keep the lights on off the light switch from the headlight when the ignition key is removed, or Auto light position. (smart key: turns off the engine) • The DRL system turns OFF when: perform the following: CAUTION 1. The headlight switch is ON. 1) Open the driver-side door. If the driver gets out of the vehi- 2. The engine is OFF. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and cle through other doors (except 3. The parking brake is applied. ON again using the light switch driver's door), the battery saver on the steering column. function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.

497 Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )

OKH042189 OKH042191 OKH042192 The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- a Parking light position. ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license To operate the lights, turn the knob at instrument panel lights will turn ON. and instrument panel lights will turn the end of the control lever to one of ON. the following positions: (1) OFF/O position ✽ NOTICE (2) Auto light position The ignition switch must be in the (3) Parking light position ON position to turn on the headlights. (4) Headlight position

4 98 Features of your vehicle

Auto light/AFLS position If your vehicle is equipped with the AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting adaptive front lighting system System) (if equipped) (AFLS), it will also operate when the headlamp is ON.

CAUTION • Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel, this will ensure better auto-light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a OVG043181 window cleaner, the cleaner When the light switch is in the AUTO may leave a light film which OKH042187 light position, the taillights and head- could interfere with sensor operation. Adaptive front lighting system uses lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- the steering angle and vehicle speed, • If your vehicle has window tint matically depending on the amount to keep your field of vision wide by or other types of coating on of light outside the vehicle. swiveling and leveling the headlamp. the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work Change the switch to the AUTO posi- properly. tion when the engine is running. The adaptive front lighting system will operate when the headlamp is ON. To turn off the AFLS, change the switch to other positions. After turning the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling no longer occurs, but leveling operates continuously.

499 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B High beam operation WARNING Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver’s vision.

OVG043390L

If the AFLS malfunction indicator OKH042194 comes on, the AFLS is not working properly. Drive to the nearest safe To turn on the high beam headlights, location and restart the engine. If the push the lever away from you. Pull it indicator continuously remains on, back for low beams. have the system be checked by an The high beam indicator will light authorized Kia dealer. when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

4 100 Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change They will self-cancel after a turn is signals completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be OKH042193 burned out and will require replace- To flash the headlights, pull the lever ment. towards you. It will return to the nor- OKH042196 mal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating.

4101 Features of your vehicle

One-touch lane change function Front fog light To activate an one-touch lane CAUTION change function, move the turn sig- When in operation, the fog nal lever slightly and then release it. lights consume large amounts The lane change signals will blink 3, of vehicle electrical power. Only 5 or 7 times. use the fog lights when visibility You can choose one-touch lane is poor or unnecessary battery change blinking function in “One and generator drain could touch turn lamp” of “User setting”. occur. Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally OKH042197 quick or slow, a bulb may be burned Fog lights are used to provide out or have a poor electrical connec- improved visibility and avoid acci- tion in the circuit. dents when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch (1) is turned to ON after low beam light is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch to OFF.

4 102 Features of your vehicle

Headlight leveling device (if equipped) Automatic type It is automatically adjusted the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area. And it offers the proper headlight beam under the various conditions.

WARNING If it is not working properly even though your car is inclined backward according to passenger's posture, or the headlight beam is irradiated to the high or low position, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Don't attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself to prevent malfunction.

4103 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Windshield wipers INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in a light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob(1). In this position, the wiping intervals are also varied automatically depending on your vehicle speed. (if equipped) LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

OVG043382 OKH042198 ✽ NOTICE A : Wiper speed control Operates as follows when the igni- If there is heavy accumulation of · MIST – Single wipe tion switch is turned ON. snow or ice on the windshield, defrost · OFF – Off the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is · INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, removed before using the windshield AUTO – Auto control wipe push the lever upward and wipers to ensure proper operation. (if equipped) release it with the lever in the OFF position. The wipers will · LO – Low wiper speed operate continuously if the · HI – High wiper speed lever is pushed upward and held. B :Intermittent or Auto control OFF : Wiper is not in operation wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

4 104 Features of your vehicle

Auto control (if equipped) CAUTION CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON When washing the vehicle, set and the windshield wiper switch the wiper switch in the OFF is placed in the AUTO mode, use position to stop the auto wiper caution in the following situa- operation. tions to avoid any injury to the The wiper may operate and be hands or other parts of the damaged if the switch is set in body: the AUTO mode while washing Raiin sensor • Do not touch the upper end of the vehicle. the windshield glass facing Do not remove the sensor cover the rain sensor. located on the upper end of the OVG043384 • Do not wipe the upper end of passenger side windshield the windshield glass with a glass. Damage to system parts The rain sensor located on the upper damp or wet cloth. could occur and may not be cov- end of the windshield glass senses • Do not put pressure on the ered by your vehicle warranty. the amount of rainfall and controls the windshield glass. When starting the vehicle in wiping cycle for the proper interval. winter, set the wiper switch in The more it rains, the faster the wiper the OFF position. Otherwise, operates. When the rain stops, the wipers may operate and ice may wiper stops. damage the windshield wiper To vary the speed setting, turn the blades. Always remove all snow speed control knob (1). and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operat- If the wiper switch is set in AUTO ing the windshield wipers. mode when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use.

4105 Features of your vehicle

Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment CAUTION on the passenger side. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers CAUTION when the windshield is dry. To prevent possible damage to • To prevent damage to the the washer pump, do not oper- wiper blades, do not use gaso- ate the washer when the fluid line, kerosene, paint thinner, reservoir is empty. or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the WARNING wiper arms and other compo- OKH042199 nents, do not attempt to move Do not use the washer in freez- the wipers manually. In the OFF position, pull the lever ing temperatures without first gently toward you to spray washer warming the windshield with fluid on the windshield and to run the the defrosters; the washer solu- wipers 1-3 cycles. tion could freeze on contact Use this function when the wind- with the windshield and shield is dirty. obscure your vision. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 106 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT Automatic turn off function Map lamp CAUTION (if equipped) Do not use the interior lights for The interior lights automatically turn extended periods when the off approximately 20 minutes after engine is not running. the ignition switch is turned off. It may cause battery discharge. If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system, the interior lights automatically turns off approximately WARNING 5 seconds after the system is armed Do not use the interior lights stage. when driving in the dark. Accidents could happen because the view may be OVG049110 obscured by interior lights. Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. • DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position.

4107 Features of your vehicle

When doors are unlocked by • OFF : The lights turn off even if a Room lamp the transmitter (or smart door is opened. key), the map lamp and the When the lamp is turned room lamp come on for ON by pressing the lens approximately 30 seconds (1), the lamp does not turn as long as any door is not off even if the switch (2) is open. in the OFF position. The map lamp and the room • ON : The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually lamp stay on at all times. after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked, the map lamp and OVG049111 the room lamp will turn off To turn the room lamp push lens (3). immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position, the map lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously.

4 108 Features of your vehicle

Map lamp/Room lamp/Mood • : Push the switch to turn the Room lamp lamp (if equipped) map lamp on or off. • MOOD : The intensity of the mood lamp changes each time you push the button (MAX➔MIN➔ OFF).

OVG049173 OVG049172 Push once to turn on the lamps. • ROOM : Push once to turn on the Push once again to turn off the front and rear lamps. Push lamps. once again to turn the lamps off. • DOOR :Push once (indicator light on) to turn on the front and rear lamp when the door is opened. Push once again (indicator light off) to turn off the lamps even if a door is opened. • OFF : Turns off all the lights (except mood lamp).

4109 Features of your vehicle

Trunk room lamp Door courtesy lamp Glove box lamp

OVG049112 OVG049113 OVG049114 The trunk room lamp comes on The door courtesy lamp comes ON The glove box lamp comes on when when the trunk is opened. when the door is opened to assist the glove box is opened. entering or exiting the vehicle. It also serves as a warning to passing vehi- CAUTION cles that the vehicle door is open. CAUTION The trunk room lamp comes on To prevent unnecessary charg- as long as the trunk lid opens. ing system drain, close the To prevent unnecessary charg- glove box securely after using ing system drain, close the the glove box. trunk lid securely after using the trunk room.

4 110 Features of your vehicle

Vanity mirror lamp

OHG040128 Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

4111 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster If there is heavy accumulation of CAUTION - Conductors snow on the rear window, brush it off To prevent damage to the con- before operating the rear defroster. ductors bonded to the inside The rear window defroster automati- surface of the rear window, cally turns off after approximately 20 never use sharp instruments or minutes or when the ignition switch is window cleaners containing turned off. To turn off the defroster, abrasives to clean the window. press the rear window defroster button again. ✽ NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the Outside rearview mirror defroster front windshield, refer to (if equipped) “Windshield Defrosting and OVG043115L If your vehicle is equipped with the Defogging” in this section. The defroster heats the window to outside rearview mirror defrosters, remove frost, fog and thin ice from they will operate at the same time you the rear window, while the engine is turn on the rear window defroster. running. To activate the rear window Wiper deicer (if equipped) defroster, press the rear window If your vehicle is equipped with the defroster button located in the center wiper deicer, it will be operating at the facia switch panel. same time you turn on the rear win- The indicator on the rear window dow defroster. defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Driver’s temperature control button 7. Mode selection button 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 8. Air intake control button 3. Front windshield defroster button 9. Dual temperature control selection button 4. Fan speed control button 10. Passenger's temperature control button 5. OFF button 11. Air conditioning button 6. Rear window defroster button 12. Climate information screen selection button

OVG043121N

4113 Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

OVG043126

4 114 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air condi- 2. Set the temperature control button tioning to set the desired temperature.

✽ NOTICE • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button - Air intake control button OVG043124L - Fan speed control button ✽ NOTICE OVG043122L The selected function will be con- Never place anything over the sen- trolled manually while other func- sor located on the instrument panel 1. Push the AUTO button. The modes, tions operate automatically. to ensure better control of the heat- fan speeds, air intake and air-con- • For your convenience and to ing and cooling system. ditioning will be controlled automat- improve the effectiveness of the ically by temperature setting. climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F).

4115 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Press the AUTO button in order to Mode selection tioning convert to full automatic control of the system. The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1. Start the engine. OVG043125N 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- The mode selection button controls tion. the direction of the air flow through To improve the effectiveness of the ventilation system. heating and cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted - Heating: as follows: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face OVG043127L OVG043128 and the floor. Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the horizon- directed to the side window tal thumbwheel. defrosters. Also, you can adjust the direction of Most of the air flow is directed to the air delivery from these vents using floor, with a small amount of the air the vent control lever as shown. being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

4117 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side 1. Press the DUAL button again to deactivate DUAL mode. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. 2. Operate the driver side temperature control button. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally. OVG043130 Adjusting the driver and passenger OVG043129 Temperature conversion side temperature individually The temperature will increase to the You can switch the temperature maximum by pushing the up ( ) 1. Press the DUAL button to operate mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit button. the driver and passenger side as follows: temperature individually. Pressing The temperature will decrease to the the right temperature control but- While pressing the OFF button, minimum by pushing the down ( ) ton will automatically switch to the press the AUTO button for 3 seconds button. DUAL mode as well. or more. When pushing the button, the tem- 2. Operate the left temperature con- The display will change from perature will increase or decrease by trol to adjust the driver side tem- Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from 0.5°C / 1°F. When set to the lowest perature. Operate the right tem- Fahrenheit to Centigrade. temperature setting, the air condi- perature control to adjust the pas- If the battery has been discharged or tioning will operate continuously. senger side temperature. disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 118 Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the ing system and heated passenger compartment may or cooled according to become stale. the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger With the outside (fresh) compartment. OVG043131N air position selected, air This is used to select the outside enters the vehicle from (fresh) air position or recirculated air outside and is heated or position. cooled according to the function selected. To change the air intake control position, press the control button.

4119 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Fan speed control WARNING Driving on high speed with the • Continue using the climate recirculation air position mode, control system operation in fresh air may enter the vehicle to the recirculated air position ventilate the inside air. may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a OVG043132L drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan • Continuous use of the climate speed control button. control system operation in the recirculated air position To change the fan speed, press the can cause drowsiness or upper button ( ) for higher speed, or sleepiness, and loss of vehi- press the lower button ( ) for lower cle control. Set the air intake speed. control to the outside (fresh) Pressing the OFF button turns off the air position as much as possi- fan. ble while driving.

4 120 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Air conditioning OFF mode For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down, when you activate Voice recognition or Hands free. - This function will be deactivated in a few minutes.

OVG043133N OVG043134L Press the A/C button to turn the air Press the OFF button to turn off the conditioning system on (indicator air climate control system. However, light will illuminate). you can still operate the mode and Press the button again to turn the air air intake buttons as long as the igni- conditioning system off. tion switch is in the ON position.

4121 Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen selec- System operation Operation Tips tion (if equipped) Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through 1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care OVG043135N 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not Press the climate information screen outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. selection button to display climate 3. Set the temperature control to the information on the screen. desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to 4. Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 122 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE Air conditioning system operation tips Kia Air Conditioning Systems are • When using the air conditioning • If the vehicle has been parked in filled with environmentally friendly R- system, monitor the temperature direct sunlight during hot weather, 134a refrigerant. gauge closely while driving up open the windows for a short time 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- hills or in heavy traffic when out- to let the hot air inside the vehicle ditioning button. side temperatures are high. Air escape. conditioning system operation 2. Set the mode to the position. • To help reduce moisture inside of may cause engine overheating. the windows on rainy or humid 3. Set the air intake control to the Continue to use the blower fan but days, decrease the humidity inside outside air or recirculated air posi- turn the air conditioning system the vehicle by operating the air tion. off if the temperature gauge indi- conditioning system. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and cates engine overheating. • When opening the windows in • During air conditioning system temperature control to maintain operation, you may occasionally maximum comfort. humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside notice a slight change in engine the vehicle. Since excessive water speed as the air conditioning com- droplets may cause damage to pressor cycles. This is a normal electrical equipment, air condi- system operation characteristic. tioning should only be used with • Use the air conditioning system the windows closed. every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.

4123 Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE system, you may notice clear water • Replace the filter according to the dripping (or even puddling) on the Maintenance Schedule. ground under the passenger side Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Recirculated severe conditions such as dusty or tem operation characteristic. air rough roads, more frequent air • Operating the air conditioning sys- conditioner filter inspections and tem in the recirculated air position changes are required. provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly ever, continual operation in this decreases, have the system should mode may cause the air inside the Blower Evaporator core be checked by an authorized Kia vehicle to become stale. Climate control air filter Heater core dealer. • During cooling operation, you may OHM048209 occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and The climate control air filter installed humid air intake. This is a normal behind the glove box filters the dust system operation characteristic. or other pollutants that come into the • If you operate air conditioner vehicle from the outside through the excessively, the difference between heating and air conditioning system. the temperature of the outside air If dust or other pollutants accumulate and that of the windshield could in the filter over a period of time, the cause the outer surface of the air flow from the air vents may windshield to fog up, causing loss decrease, resulting in moisture accu- of visibility. In this case, set the mulation on the inside of the wind- mode selection knob or button to shield even when the outside (fresh) the position and fan speed air position is selected. If this hap- control to the lower speed. pens, we recommend that the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 124 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING Because this refrigerant has a very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Improper service may resule in, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.

4125 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the To defog inside windshield WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and that tion. of the windshield could cause • Before driving, clear all snow and the outer surface of the wind- ice from the windshield, rear win- shield to fog up, causing loss of dow, outside rear view mirrors, and visibility. In this case, set the all side windows. mode selection knob or button • Clear all snow and ice from the to the position and fan OVG043136N hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to speed control knob or button to improve heater and defroster effi- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired the lower speed. ciency and to reduce the probabili- position. ty of fogging up the inside of the 2. Select desired temperature. windshield. 3. Press the defrost button ( ). 4. The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.

4 126 Features of your vehicle

If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic (fresh) air position are not selected To reduce the probability of fogging automatically, adjust the correspon- up the inside of the windshield, the ding button manually. If the posi- air intake or air conditioning are con- tion is selected, lower fan speed is trolled automatically according to adjusted to a higher fan speed. certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following.

OVG043137N 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defrost button ( ). 4. The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

4127 Features of your vehicle

If the battery has been discharged or Auto defogging system disconnected, it resets to the defog (if equipped) logic status.

OVG043138N 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. OVG049150 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning Auto defogging reduces the probabil- button (A/C), press the air intake ity of fogging up the inside of the control button at least 5 times with- windshield by automatically sensing in 3 seconds. the moisture of inside the windshield. The indicator on the air intake button The auto defogging system operates blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of when the heater or air conditioning is interval. It indicates that the defog- on. ging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

4 128 Features of your vehicle

This indicator illuminates ✽ NOTICE when the auto defogging If the A/C off or recirculated air system senses the mois- position is manually selected while ture of inside the wind- the auto defogging system is on, the shield and operates. auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual If more moisture is in the vehicle, operation is canceled. higher steps operate as follow. For example if auto defogging does not CAUTION defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position, it tries to defog Do not remove the sensor cover again at step 2 Blowing air toward located on the upper end of the the windshield. passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be cov- Step 1 : Outside air position ered by your vehicle warranty. Step 2 : Blowing air toward the windshield Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning

4129 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items required by the driver or passengers.

CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the OVG043151 OVG043152 storage compartment cover cannot close securely. To open the center console storage, The glove box can be locked and pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key (or mechanical key of smart key) (1). WARNING - Flammable To open the glove box, press the but- materials ton (2) and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box Do not store cigarette lighters, after use. propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4 130 Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder WARNING WARNING ■ Type A ■ Type B To reduce the risk of injury in an • Do not keep objects except accident or sudden stop, always sunglasses inside the sun- keep the glove box door closed glass holder. Such objects while driving. can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injur- ing the passengers in the WARNING vehicle. Do not keep food in the glove • Do not open the sunglass box for a long time. holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror OVG049153 of the vehicle can be blocked To open the sunglass holder, press by an open sunglass holder. the cover and the holder will slowly • Do not put the glasses forcibly open. Place your sunglasses with the into a sunglass holder to pre- lenses facing out. vent breakage or deformation To close the sunglass holder push it of glasses. It may cause per- up. sonal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

4131 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front Sunvisor

WARNING - Hot liquids • Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OVG043156 • To reduce the risk of personal ■ Rear injury in the event of sudden stop or collision, do not place OHG040168 uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the Use the sunvisor to shield direct light cup holder while the vehicle is through the front or side windows. in motion. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from WARNING the bracket (1) and swing it to the OVG043157 Keep cans or bottles out of side (2). direct sun light and do not put Cups or small beverage cans may be Adjust the sunvisor extension for- them in a vehicle that is heated placed in the cup holders. ward or backward (3). up. It may explode. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (4). The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

4 132 Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi- CAUTION - Vanity mirror tions where the operation of the seat lamp warmer is not needed, keep the If you use the vanity mirror switches in the "OFF" position. lamp, turn off the lamp before • Each time you press the button, returning the sunvisor to its the temperature setting of the seat original position. It could result will change as follows : in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. - Front seat OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( ) → WARNING OVG033013N For your safety, do not obstruct - Rear seat your vision when using the sunvisor. OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( ) →

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on.

OVG033307N ✽ NOTICE The seat warmer is provided to warm With the seat warmer switch in the the front seats during cold weather. ON position, the heating system in With the ignition switch in the ON the seat turns off or on automatically position, push either of the switches depending on the seat temperature. to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4133 Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer with air ventila- • Each time you press the button, the tion (if equipped) airflow will change as follows: CAUTION - Seat damage • When cleaning the seats, do OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) not use an organic solvent

→ such as paint thinner, ben- zene, alcohol and gasoline. • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Doing so may damage the sur- tion) defaults to the OFF position face of the heater or seats. whenever the ignition switch is • To prevent overheating the turned on. seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insu- ✽ NOTICE lates against heat, such as blankets, cushions or seat With the seat warmer switch in the covers while the seat warmer OVG033014N ON position, the heating system in is in operation. the seat turns off or on automatically The temperature setting of the seat depending on the seat temperature. • Do not place heavy or sharp changes according to the switch posi- objects on seats equipped tion. with seat warmers. Damage to • If you want to warm your seat cush- the seat warming components ion, press the right side of the switch could occur. (red color). • Be careful not to spill liquid • If you want to cool your seat cush- such as water or beverages on ion, press the left side of the switch the seat. If you spill some liquid, (blue color). wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the seat warmer, dry the seat completely.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro- WARNING - Seat warmer vide power for mobile telephones or ■ burns Front other devices designed to operate Passengers should use extreme with vehicle electrical systems. The caution when using seat warm- devices should draw less than 10 ers due to the possibility of amps with the engine running. excess heating or burns. The occupants must be able to feel CAUTION if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat • Use the power outlet only when the engine is running warmer off. The seat warmer OVG043402NPSD may cause burns even at low ■ Center and remove the accessory temperatures, especially if used plug after use. Using the for long periods of time. In par- accessory plug for prolonged ticular, the driver must exercise periods of time with the extreme care for the following engine off could cause the types of passengers: battery to discharge. 1. Infants, children, elderly or • Only use 12V electric acces- disabled persons, or hospital sories which are less than 10A in electric capacity. outpatients OVG043158 2. Persons with sensitive skin ■ Rear • Adjust the air-conditioner or or those that burn easily heater to the lowest operating level when using the power 3. Fatigued individuals outlet. 4. Intoxicated individuals • Close the cover when not in 5. Individuals taking medication use. that can cause drowsiness or (Continued) sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.) OVG043190

4135 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Clock • Some electronic devices can Whenever the battery terminals or cause electronic interference related fuses are disconnected, you when plugged into a vehicle’s must reset the time. power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

OVG043161N WARNING You can set the clock by using the Do not put a finger or a foreign AVN (Audio or Navigation) element (pin, etc.) into a power For the details, refer to the AVN man- outlet and do not touch with a ual. wet hand. You may get an electric shock. WARNING Do not adjust the clock while driving. You may lose your steering control and cause an accident that results in severe personal injury or death.

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) WARNING The floor mat must be properly anchored so that it will not interfere with the operation of the accelerator pedal. Any interference with the accelerator pedal could cause the accelerator pedal to be unable to return to the idle position. A pedal that cannot return to the idle position could lead to an accident which may result in severe per- OUN026348 sonal injury or death. To use the hanger, pull down the OXM043309 upper portion of hanger. When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- CAUTION cle. This keeps the floor mat from Do not hang heavy clothes, since sliding forward. those may damage the hook.

4137 Features of your vehicle

Luggage net (holder) WARNING (if equipped) CAUTION The following must be observed To prevent damage to the goods when installing ANY floor mat or the vehicle, care should be to the vehicle. taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage com- • Ensure that the floor mats are partment. securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that WARNING cannot be firmly attached to To avoid eye injury, DO NOT over- the vehicle's floor mat anchors. stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS • Do not stack floor mats on top keep your face and body out of of one another (e.g. all-weath- OBH048125 the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when er rubber mat on top of a car- To keep items from shifting in the peted floor mat). Only a single the strap has visible signs of cargo area, you can use the holders wear or damage. floor mat should be installed located in the cargo area to attach in each position. the luggage net. IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, we recommend that the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

4 138 Features of your vehicle

Rear curtain (if equipped) The rear curtain will fold automatical- Navigation system ly when you shift the shift lever into R The navigation system ascertains (Reverse) and unfold automatically the present position of your vehicle when you shift the shift lever from R by using information from satellites (Reverse) into P (Park). and guides you to the place you After the rear curtain is folded by shift- assign as the destination. ing the shift lever into R (Reverse) and Detailed information for the naviga- drive more than 19 km/h (12 mi/h) tion system is described in a sepa- with the shift lever in D (Drive), the rately supplied manual. rear curtain will unfold automatically.

OVG043162N CAUTION Do not pull or fold the rear curtain by hand. It could cause motor failure.

OVG043186 To fold the rear curtain, press the button. To unfold the rear curtain, press the button again.

4139 Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM ✽ NOTICE Antenna CAUTION If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Do not clean the inside of the electronic device may malfunction. rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to ❈ remove foreign deposits as If your vehicle is equipped with this may cause damage to the AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) antenna elements. system, refer to a separately sup- • Avoid adding metallic coatings plied manual for detailed informa- such as Ni, Cd, and so on. tion. These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals.

OVG049185 When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position, your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the antenna in the rear window glass.

4 140 Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel remote con- - FM, AM mode : automatically (5) troller searches broadcast frequencies When pressed shortly. and channels. - When pressed in the phone screen, ® - CD, USB, iPod , My Music mode : displays call history screen. rewinds or fast forwards the track or - When pressed in the dial screen, file. makes a call. - When pressed in the incoming call (3) MUTE screen, answers the call. Mutes audio volume. - When pressed during call waiting, switches to waiting call (Call Waiting). (4) MODE When pressed and held (over 0.8 seconds). Each time this key is pressed, the ® mode is changed in order of FM1, - When pressed in the Bluetooth FM2, AM, CD, USB(iPod), AUX, My Wireless Technology Handsfree (1) VOLUME Music, BT Audio. wait mode, redials the last call. ® Used to control volume. If the media is not connected or a - When pressed during a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree disc is not inserted, corresponding (2) SEEK call, switches call back to mobile modes will be disabled. phone (Private). When pressed shortly (under 0.8 Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec- seconds). - When pressed while calling on the onds) to turn the audio system on/off. mobile phone, switches call back to - FM, AM mode : searches broadcast When power is off, press the key to Bluetooth® Wireless Technology frequencies saved to presets. turn power back on. Handsfree (Operates only when - CD, USB, iPod®, My Music, BT Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio mode : changes the track, Handsfree is connected). file. When pressed and held (over 0.8 (6) seconds). Ends phone call. 4141 Features of your vehicle

Aux, USB port ✽ NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

* iPod® is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc.

(7) OVG043163N When pressed shortly. If your vehicle has an aux and/or - Starts voice recognition. USB(universal serial bus) port, you can use an aux port to connect audio - When selecting during a voice devices and an USB and also an prompt, stops the prompt and con- iPod®. verts to voice command waiting state. When pressed and held (over 0.8 seconds). - Ends voice recognition.

4 142 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 5-3 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-67 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-5 • Driving at night ...... 5-67 • Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-5 • Driving in the rain...... 5-68 • ENGINE START/STOP button position...... 5-5 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-68 Starting the engine ...... 5-8 • Driving off-road...... 5-69 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-10 • Highway driving ...... 5-69 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 5-10 Winter driving ...... 5-70 Brake system...... 5-16 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-73 • Power brakes ...... 5-16 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-73 • Parking brake (foot type) ...... 5-17 • Certification label ...... 5-76 • Electric parking brake (EPB) ...... 5-19 Vehicle weight ...... 5-78 • Auto hold ...... 5-25 • Base curb weight ...... 5-78 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-28 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-78 • Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-30 • Cargo weight ...... 5-78 5 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-33 • GAW (Gross axle weight) ...... 5-78 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-34 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 5-78 Cruise control system...... 5-37 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ...... 5-78 Smart cruise control (SCC) system ...... 5-41 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ...... 5-78 Lane departure warning system (LDWS) ...... 5-55 Blind spot detection system (BSD) ...... 5-59 Economical operation ...... 5-64 Special driving conditions ...... 5-66 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-66 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-66 Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Engine WARNING - Open trunk exhaust The exhaust system should be Do not drive with the trunk checked whenever the vehicle is Do not inhale exhaust fumes or open. raised to change the oil or for any leave your engine running in an Poisonous exhaust gases can other purpose. If you enclosed area for a prolonged enter the passenger compart- time. hear a change in the sound of the ment. If you must drive with the exhaust or if you drive over some- Exhaust fumes contain carbon trunk open proceed as follows: thing that strikes the underneath side monoxide, a colorless, odorless 1.Close all windows. gas that can cause uncon- of the vehicle, have the exhaust sys- 2.Open side vents. tem checked as soon as possible by sciousness and death by an authorized Kia dealer. asphyxiation. 3.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at the highest speed.

25 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Before starting WARNING - Distracted • Be sure that all windows, outside driving • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are • Position the seat so that all con- clean. Focus on the road while driving. trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. The driver's primary responsi- • Buckle your seat belt. bility is in the safe and legal • Check under the vehicle for any • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. operation of the vehicle. Use of any hand held devices, other rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles equipment or vehicle systems • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. that distract the driver should • Check all gauges. not be used during vehicle Necessary inspections operation. • Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is Fluid levels, such as engine oil, turned to the ON position. engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Release the parking brake and washer fluid should be checked on a make sure the brake warning light regular basis, with the exact interval goes off. depending on the fluid. Further details are provided in Section 7, For safe operation, be sure you are “Maintenance”. familiar with your vehicle and its equipment.

WARNING - Check surrounding Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

53 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Driving WARNING - Fire risk while intoxi- When you intend to park or stop cated the vehicle with the engine on, Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system perceptions and judgment. and cause a fire. Driving while under the influ- ence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driving drunk.

WARNING - Loose object Securely store items in your vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident.

45 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine White without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift To turn off the engine (START/STOP lever in the N (Neutral) position. position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift OVG053300 lever in the P (Park) position. When Whenever the front door is opened, you press the ENGINE the ENGINE START/STOP button START/STOP button without the shift will illuminate for your convenience. lever in the P (Park) position, the The light will go off after about 30 ENGINE START/STOP button will seconds after the door is closed. not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position.

55 Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Orange Red Not illuminated

Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/STOP button with the shift The steering wheel unlocks and The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N electrical accessories are opera- before the engine is started. Do not (Nuetral) position. For your safety, tional. leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. If the ENGINE START/STOP button button in the ON position for a long is in the ACC position for more than time. The battery may discharge, If you press the ENGINE 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- because the engine is not running. START/STOP button without matically to prevent battery dis- depressing the brake pedal, the charge. engine will not start and the button will change as follows: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

65 Driving your vehicle

If you leave the ENGINE START/ STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time, the battery will discharge.

WARNING - Starting vehicle Never press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the vehicle is in motion. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.

57 Driving your vehicle

STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with a Whether the engine is cold or warm, WARNING - Proper smart key it should be started without depress- footwear ing the accelerator. 1.Carry the smart key or leave it Always wear appropriate shoes inside the vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- when operating your vehicle. cle, but is far away from you, the 2.Make sure the parking brake is Unsuitable shoes (high heels, engine may not start. firmly applied ski boots, sandals, etc.) may • When the ENGINE START/STOP 3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P interfere with your ability to use button is in the ACC position or (Park). the brake and accelerator ped- above, if any door is opened, the als. 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP system checks for the smart key. If button while depressing the brake the smart key is not in the vehi- pedal. cle,the “ ” indicator will blink or 5.In extremely cold weather (below the warning "Key not in vehicle" will 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has illuminate on the LCD display. And not been operated for several days, if all doors are closed, the chime let the engine warm up without will sound for 5 seconds. The indi- depressing the accelerator. cator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Always have the smart key with you. The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle.

85 Driving your vehicle

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally. vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the ENGINE occupants who are unfamiliar START/STOP button for 10 sec- with the vehicle operation. onds while it is in the ACC position. Pushing the ENGINE The engine can start without START/STOP button while the depressing the brake pedal. But for smart key is in the vehicle may your safety always depress the result in unintended engine brake pedal before starting the activation and/or unintended OVG053301 engine. vehicle movement. • If the battery is weak or the smart Do not press the ENGINE START/ key does not work correctly, you STOP button for more than 10 sec- can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse the engine start/stop button with is blown. the smart key. The side with the lock button should contact the engine start/stop button directly. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

59 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for- Shift lever ward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the Button position of the shift lever.

+ (UP) ✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

- (DOWN)

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button. Press the button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OVG053010

5 10 Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION - Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument (Neutral) to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi- gear. transaxle, do not accelerate the tion when the ignition switch is in the engine in R (Reverse) or any for- ON position. ward gear position with the brakes on.The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P P (Park) (Park) while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop motion. before shifting into P (Park). This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating. When stopped on an upgrade, do not hold the vehicle with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- brake. cle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

511 Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) D (Drive) Use this position to drive the vehicle This is the normal forward driving backward. position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear Sports mode CAUTION - Shifting sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R + (UP) (Reverse); you may damage the For extra power when passing anoth- transaxle if you shift into R er vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at (Reverse) while the vehicle is in - (DOWN) motion, except when “Rocking which time the transaxle will auto- the Vehicle” explained in this matically downshift to the next lower OVG053012 section. gear. Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion, sports mode is selected by N (Neutral) pushing the shift lever from the D The wheels and transaxle are not (Drive) position into the manual gate. engaged. The vehicle will roll freely To return to D (Drive) range opera- even on the slightest incline unless tion, push the shift lever back into the the parking brake or service brakes main gate. are applied. In sports mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transaxle, the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed.

5 12 Driving your vehicle

Up (+) : Push the lever forward • To maintain the required levels of Paddle shifter once to shift up one gear. vehicle performance and safety, Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards the system may not execute cer- once to shift down one tain gearshifts when the shift lever gear. is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the • In sports mode, the driver must +(up) position. This causes the execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear with road conditions, taking care to which is better for smooth driving keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift • In sports mode, only the 6 forward back to the 1st gear. gears can be selected. To reverse OVG053331N or park the vehicle, move the shift The paddle shifter is available when lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) the shift lever is in the D position or position as required. the sport mode. • In sports mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In sports mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically.

513 Driving your vehicle

With the shift lever in the D position Shift lock system The paddle shifter can operate when For your safety, the automatic the vehicle speed is more than 6.2 transaxle has a shift lock system mph. which prevents shifting the transaxle Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once out of P (Park) unless the brake to shift up or down one gear and the pedal is depressed. system changes from automatic To shift the transaxle from P (Park) mode to manual mode. into R (Reverse): If the vehicle speed is lower than 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 10km/h, if you depress the accelera- 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition tor pedal for more than 7 seconds or switch to the ON position. if you shift the shift lever from D to OVG053060L sports mode and shift it from sports 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override mode to D again, the system change If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved from manual mode to automatic depressed and released with the from the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi- mode. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a tion into the R (Reverse) position chattering noise near the shift lever with the brake pedal depressed, con- may be heard. This is a normal con- With the shift lever in the sports mode tinue depressing the brake, then do dition. the following: Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear. 1.Carefully remove the cap covering WARNING - Shifting the shift-lock access hole (1). from park 2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle Always fully depress the brake the access hole and press down shifters at the same time, you can't on the key (or screwdriver). shift the gear. pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into 3.Move the shift lever. another position to avoid inad- 4.Have your vehicle inspected by an vertent motion of the vehicle. authorized Kia dealer immediately.

5 14 Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices Moving up a steep grade from a • Never move the shift lever from P standing start (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other To move up a steep grade from a position with the accelerator pedal standing start, depress the brake depressed. pedal, shift the shift lever to D • Never move the shift lever into P (Drive). Select the appropriate gear (Park) when the vehicle is in depending on load weight and steep- motion. ness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelera- • Slow down before shifting to a tor gradually while releasing the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower service brakes. gear may not be engaged. • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving. • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.

515 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes To dry the brakes, apply them lightly CAUTION - Brake pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted while maintaining a safe forward brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- speed until brake performance through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will returns to normal. create abnormally high brake In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause In the event of brake failure brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad stalled engine or some other reason, wear. If service brakes fail to operate while you can still stop your vehicle by the vehicle is in motion, you can applying greater force to the brake make an emergency stop with the pedal than you normally would. The parking brake. The stopping dis- stopping distance, however, will be WARNING - Steep hill tance, however, will be much greater longer. braking than normal. When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a long or steep hill by shifting to a WARNING - Parking depleted each time the brake pedal brake is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake pedal when the power assist has application will cause the Avoid applying the parking been interrupted. brakes to overheat and could brake to stop the vehicle while it is moving except in an emer- Pump the brake pedal only when result in a temporary loss of gency situation. Applying the necessary to maintain steering con- braking performance. parking brake while the vehicle trol on slippery surfaces. is moving at normal speeds can Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s cause a sudden loss of control ability to safely slow down; the vehi- of the vehicle. If you must use cle may also pull to one side when the parking brake to stop the the brakes are applied. Applying the vehicle, use great caution in brakes lightly will indicate whether applying the brake. they have been affected in this way.

5 16 Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator Parking brake (Foot type) WARNING - Brake wear When your brake pads are worn and Applying the parking brake new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you your front brakes or rear brakes (if ignore this audible warning, you equipped). You may hear this sound will eventually lose braking per- come and go or it may occur when- formance, which could lead to a ever you depress the brake pedal. serious accident. Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. OVG059013

CAUTION - Replace To engage the parking brake, first brake pads apply the foot brake and then depress the parking brake pedal Do not continue to drive with down as far as possible. worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.

Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs.

517 Driving your vehicle

Releasing the parking brake CAUTION - Parking WARNING - Parking brake brake use Driving with the parking brake All vehicles should always have applied will cause excessive the parking brake fully engaged brake pad (or lining) and brake when parking to avoid inadver- rotor wear. tent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians.

OVG059014 To release the parking brake, depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake. The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position.

5 18 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, stop driving the Electric parking brake (EPB) vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped) sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.

W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will illuminate when the parking brake is OVG053050L applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electric parking START or ON position. brake): Before driving, be sure the parking 1.Depress the brake pedal. brake is fully released and the brake 2.Pull up the EPB switch. warning light is off. Make sure the warning light comes If the brake warning light remains on on. after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake Also, the EPB is applied automatical- system. Immediate attention is nec- ly if the Auto Hold button is on when essary. the engine is turned off. However, if you press the EPB switch after the engine is turned off, the EPB will not be Applied. 519 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Releasing the parking brake To release EPB (electric parking On a steep incline or when pulling a brake) automatically: trailer if the vehicle does not stand • Shift lever in P (Park) still, do as follows: With the engine running depress 1. Apply the EPB. the brake pedal and shift out of P 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more (Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). than 3 seconds. • Shift lever in N (Neutral) With the engine running depress CAUTION the brake pedal and shift out of N Do not operate the parking (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). brake / EPB while the vehicle is • Automatic transaxle vehicle moving except in an emergency 1. Start the engine. situation. OVG053051 To release the EPB (electric parking 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. brake), press the EPB switch in the 3. Close the driver's door, engine following condition: hood and trunk. • Have the ignition switch or engine 4. Depress the accelerator pedal start/stop button in the ON posi- while the shift lever is in R tion. (Rear), D (Drive) or Sports • Depress the brake pedal. mode. Make sure the brake warning light Make sure the brake warning light goes off. goes off.

5 20 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE EPB (electric parking brake) may be CAUTION • For your safety, you can engage automatically applied when: the EPB even though the ignition • If the parking brake warning • Requested by other systems switch or engine stop/start button light is still on even though the EPB has been released, is in the OFF position, but you ✽ NOTICE cannot release it. have the system checked by • For your safety, depress the brake an authorized Kia dealer. If the driver turns the engine off by pedal and release the parking • Do not drive your vehicle with mistake while Auto Hold is operat- brake manually with the EPB the EPB applied. It may cause ing, EPB will be automatically switch when you drive downhill or excessive brake pad and applied. (Vehicles equipped with when backing up the vehicle. brake rotor wear. Auto Hold) • If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood or trunk is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the above situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

521 Driving your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B WARNING CAUTION • Never allow anyone who is • A click sound may be heard unfamiliar with the vehicle to while operating or releasing touch the parking brake. If the the EPB, but these conditions parking brake is released are normal and indicate that unintentionally, serious injury the EPB is functioning proper- may occur. ly. • All vehicles should always • When leaving your keys with a have the parking brake fully parking lot attendant or valet, engaged when parking to make sure to inform him/her avoid inadvertent movement how to operate the EPB. OVG053308E of the car which can injure • The EPB may malfunction if When the conversion from Auto Hold occupants or pedestrians. you drive with the EPB to EPB is not working properly a applied. warning will sound and a message • When you automatically will appear. release EPB by depressing the accelerator pedal, depress CAUTION it slowly. Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.

5 22 Driving your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B EPB malfunction indicator The EPB malfunction indicator may (if equipped) illuminate when the ESC indicator ■ Type A ■ Type B comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OVG053307E If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated because of OVG053306 ESC(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a warning will sound and a mes- This warning light illuminates if the sage will appear. engine start/stop button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operation normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start/stop button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

523 Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking ✽ NOTICE CAUTION If there is a problem with the brake During emergency braking by the • The EPB warning light may pedal while driving, emergency brak- EPB, the parking brake warning illuminate if the EPB switch ing is possible by pulling up and light will illuminate to indicate that operates abnormally. Shut the holding the EPB switch. Braking is the system is operating. engine off and turn it on again possible only while you are holding after a few minutes. The warn- the EPB switch. ing light will go off and the EPB switch will operate normally. However, if the EPB WARNING warning light is still on, have the system checked by an Do not operate the electric park- authorized Kia dealer. ing brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency • If the parking brake warning situation. Applying the electric light does not illuminate or parking brake while the vehicle blinks even though the EPB is moving at normal speeds can switch was pulled up, the EPB cause a sudden loss of control is not applied. of the vehicle. If you must use • If the parking brake warning the electric parking brake to light blinks when the EPB stop the vehicle, use great cau- warning light is on, press the tion in applying the brake. switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 24 Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD (if equipped) Set up CAUTION The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle If you notice a continuous noise in a standstill even though the brake or burning smell when the EPB pedal is not depressed after the driv- is used for emergency braking, er brings the vehicle to a complete have your vehicle checked by an stop by depressing the brake pedal. authorized Kia dealer.

Whiite When the EPB (electric parking brake) is not released If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on OVG053056 a flatbed tow truck and have the sys- 1.Depress the brake pedal and then tem checked. press the Auto Hold button. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position. The driver's door, engine hood and trunk closed and the driver's seat belt must be fastened before EPB will work.

525 Driving your vehicle

Leaving Cancel Whiite If you press the accelerator pedal To cancel the Auto Hold operation, with the shift lever in R (Reverse), D press the Auto Hold switch. The (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. Hold will be released automatically To cancel the Auto Hold operation and the vehicle will start to move. when the vehicle is at a standstill, Green The indicator changes from green to press the Auto Hold switch while white. depressing the brake pedal.

WARNING

OVG053057 When driving off from Auto 2.When you stop the vehicle com- Hold by depressing the acceler- pletely by depressing the brake ator pedal, always check the pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator surrounding area near your changes from white to green. vehicle. 3.The vehicle will remain stationary Slowly depress the accelerator even if you release the brake pedal for a smooth launch. pedal. 4.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

5 26 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) • The Auto Hold does not operate In these cases, the brake warning WARNING when: light comes on, the AUTO HOLD For your safety, cancel the Auto - The driver's seat belt is unfas- indicator changes from green to Hold when you drive downhill or tened and driver's door is opened white, and a warning sounds and a back up the vehicle or park the - The engine hood is opened message will appear to inform you vehicle. - The trunk is opened that EPB has been automatically - The shift lever is in P (Park) engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the - The EPB is applied CAUTION • For your safety, the Auto Hold surrounding area near your vehi- automatically switches to EPB in cle and release parking brake If there is a malfunction with the such cases: manually with the EPB switch. driver’s door, engine hood or - The driver's seat belt is unfas- • If the AUTO HOLD indicator trunk open detection system, tened and driver's door is opened lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is the Auto Hold may not work - The engine hood is opened not working properly. Take your properly. - The trunk is opened vehicle to an authorized Kia deal- Take your vehicle to an author- - The vehicle is in a standstill for er and have the system checked. ized Kia dealer and have the more than 10 minutes • While operating Auto Hold, you system checked. - The vehicle is standing on a steep may hear mechanical noise. slope However, it is normal operating - The vehicle moved several times noise. (Continued)

527 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the dents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi- driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly. objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- extreme road conditions. responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf- The vehicle should be driven at pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always reduced speeds in the following cir- your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the cumstances: In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you. • When driving on rough, gravel or efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. snow-covered roads situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from • When driving on roads where the pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. road surface is pitted or has differ- pedal as hard as possible or as hard ent surface heights. • On loose or uneven road surfaces, as the situation allows the ABS to operation of the anti-lock brake Driving in these conditions increases control the force being delivered to system may result in a longer stop- the stopping distance for your vehi- the brakes. ping distance than for vehicles cle. equipped with a conventional brake system.

5 28 Driving your vehicle

• When you drive on a road with ✽ NOTICE poor traction, such as an icy road, and operated your brakes continu- When you jump start your vehicle ously, the ABS will be active con- because of a drained battery, the tinuously and the ABS warning engine may not run as smoothly and light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- the ABS warning light may turn on cle over to a safe place and stop at the same time. This happens the engine. because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has mal- • Restart the engine. If the ABS functioned. warning light is off, then your ABS • Do not pump your brakes! is normal. Otherwise, you may • Have the battery recharged before W-78 have a problem with the ABS. driving the vehicle. The ABS warning light will stay on for Contact an authorized Kia dealer approximately 3 seconds after the as soon as possible. ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self- diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

529 Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will When you apply your brakes under (ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive conditions which may lock the speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ and hydroplaning on wet surfaces sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- can still result in serious accidents. responding sensation in the brake Only a safe and attentive driver can pedal. This is normal and it means prevent accidents by avoiding your ESC is active. maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESC installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions. The Electronic Stability Control OVG053015 (ESC) system is an electronic sys- The Electronic Stability control tem designed to help the driver main- (ESC) system is designed to stabi- tain vehicle control under adverse lize the vehicle during cornering conditions. It is not a substitute for maneuvers. ESC checks where you safe driving practices. Factors includ- are steering and where the vehicle is ing speed, road conditions and driv- actually going. ESC applies the er steering input can all affect brakes on individual wheels and whether ESC will be effective in pre- intervenes with the engine manage- venting a loss of control. It is still your ment system to stabilize the vehicle. responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety.

5 30 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state • When the ignition is turned tion, ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC - ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. off states. indicator lights illuminate • When the Electronic If the engine stops when for approximately 3 sec- Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off. onds, then ESC is turned ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine, on. slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically • Press the ESC OFF but- cle. This is only the effect turn on again. ton for at least half a sec- of brake control and indi- ond after turning the igni- cates nothing unusual. tion ON to turn ESC off. • When moving out of the (ESC OFF indicator will mud or slippery road, illuminate). To turn the pressing the accelerator ESC on, press the ESC pedal may not cause the OFF button (ESC OFF engine rpm (revolutions indicator light will go off). per minute) to increase. • When starting the engine, you may hear a slight tick- ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.

531 Driving your vehicle

Indicator light

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

OVG063016N OVG063017N • ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the When the ignition switch is turned ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for ON, the indicator light illuminates, shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- then goes off if ESC system is oper- (ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates ating normally. state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con- The ESC indicator light blinks when- tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func- ever ESC is operating. ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car The ESC indicator light blinks when- ates. stability control function does not ever ESC is operating or illuminates operate any more. when ESC fails to operate. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

5 32 Driving your vehicle

Driving with varying tire or wheel ESC OFF usage Hill-start assist control (HAC) sizes may cause the ESC system to When driving Hill start Assist Control is a comfort malfunction. When replacing tires, • It’s a good idea to keep the ESC function. The main intent is to pre- make sure they are the same size as vent the vehicle from rolling back- your original tires. turned on for daily driving whenever possible. wards while driving uphill on an • To turn ESC off while driving, press inclined surface. HAC holds the brak- WARNING - Electronic the ESC OFF button while driving ing pressure builtup by driver during stability control on a flat road surface. stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal. Drive carefully even though Never press the ESC OFF button During the pressure-hold period, the your vehicle has Electronic while ESC is operating (ESC indica- driver has enough time to press the Stability Control. It can only tor light blinks). accelerator pedal to drive off. assist you in maintaining con- If ESC is turned off while ESC is trol under certain circum- operating, the vehicle may slip out of The braking pressure is reduced as stances. control. soon as the system detects the driver’s intention to drive off.

WARNING - Operating ESC WARNING - Activating HAC Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating. Drivers should pay close attention when activating the HAC. If the ESC is turned off while The vehicle may roll backward ESC is operating, the vehicle causing an accident due to may go out of control. insufficient brake hold pressure.

533 Driving your vehicle

• The HAC does not operate when Vehicle stability management VSM operation off the transaxle shift lever is in the P (VSM) If you press the ESC OFF button to (Park) or N (Neutral) position. This system provides further turn off the ESC, the VSM will also • The HAC activates even though enhancements to vehicle stability cancel and the ESC OFF indicator the ESC is off but it does not acti- and steering responses when a vehi- light ( ) illuminates. vate when the ESC has malfunc- cle is driving on a slippery road or a To turn on the VSM, press the button tioned. vehicle detected changes in coeffi- again. The ESC OFF indicator light cient of friction between right wheels goes out. and left wheels when braking. Malfunction indicator VSM operation The VSM can be deactivated even if When the VSM is in operation, ESC you don’t cancel the VSM operation indicator light ( ) blinks. by pressing the ESC OFF button. It When the vehicle stability manage- indicates that a malfunction has ment is operating properly, you can been detected somewhere in the feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. Electric Power Steering system or This is only the effect of brake control VSM system. If the ESC indicator and indicates nothing unusual. light ( ) or ESC warning light remains on, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the The VSM does not operate when: system checked. • Driving on bank road such as gra- • The VSM is designed to function dient or incline above approximately 9 mph (15 • Driving rearward km/h) on curves. • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains on the instrument cluster • ESC indicator light remains on the instrument cluster

5 34 Driving your vehicle

• The VSM is designed to function Good braking practices - Tire/Wheel above approximately 18 mph (30 WARNING • Check to be sure the parking brake km/h) when a vehicle is braking on size is not engaged and that the park- a split-mu road. The split-mu road When replacing tires and ing brake indicator light is out is made of surfaces which have dif- wheels, make sure they are the before driving away. ferent friction forces. same size as the original tires • Driving through water may get the • The Vehicle Stability Management and wheels installed. Driving brakes wet. They can also get wet system is not a substitute for safe with varying tire or wheel sizes when the vehicle is washed. Wet driving practices but a supplemen- may diminish any supplemental brakes can be dangerous! Your tary function only. It is the respon- safety benefits of the VSM sys- vehicle will not stop as quickly if the sibility of the driver to always check tem. brakes are wet. Wet brakes may the speed and the distance to the cause the vehicle to pull to one vehicle ahead. Always hold the side. steering wheel firmly while driving. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes • Your vehicle is designed to activate lightly until the braking action according to the driver’s intention, returns to normal, taking care to even with installed VSM. Always keep the vehicle under control at follow all the normal precautions all times. If the braking action does for driving at safe speeds for the not return to normal, stop as soon conditions – including driving in as it is safe to do so and call an inclement weather and on a slip- authorized Kia dealer for assis- pery road. tance. • Don't coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed.

535 Driving your vehicle

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. • Do not hold the vehicle on the Resting your foot on the brake Firmly engage the parking brake upgrade with the accelerator pedal while driving can be danger- and place the shift lever in P (auto- pedal.This can cause the transaxle ous because the brakes might matic transaxle) or in first or to overheat. Always use the brake overheat and lose their effective- reverse gear (manual transaxle). If pedal or parking brake. ness. It also increases the wear of your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the brake components. the front wheels into the curb to • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- help keep the vehicle from rolling. If ing, apply the brakes gently and your vehicle is facing uphill, turn keep the vehicle pointed straight the front wheels away from the ahead while you slow down. When curb to help keep the vehicle from you are moving slowly enough for it rolling. If there is no curb or if it is to be safe to do so, pull off the road required by other conditions to and stop in a safe place. keep the vehicle from rolling, block the wheels. • If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle, don't let your • Under some conditions your park- vehicle creep forward. To avoid ing brake can freeze in the creeping forward, keep your foot engaged position. This is most like- firmly on the brake pedal when the ly to happen when there is an vehicle is stopped. accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 36 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE To set cruise control speed: to program the vehicle to maintain a • During normal cruise control constant speed without depressing operation, when the SET switch is the accelerator pedal. activated or reactivated after This system is designed to function applying the brakes, the cruise above approximately 40 km/h (25 control will energize after approx- mph). imately 3 seconds. This delay is If the cruise control is left on, normal. (CRUISE indicator light in the instru- • To activate cruise control, depress ment cluster illuminated) the cruise the brake pedal at least once after control can be switched on acciden- turning the ignition switch to the tally. Keep the cruise control system ON position or starting the engine. off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) This is to check if the brake switch OXM053006 when the cruise control is not in use, which is important part to cancel to avoid inadvertently setting a cruise control is in normal condi- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the speed. tion. steering wheel to turn the system Use the cruise control system only on. The CRUISE indicator light in when traveling on open highways in the instrument cluster will illumi- good weather. WARNING - Misuse of nate. Cruise Control or Cruise 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, Do not use the cruise control when Control Misuse driving in heavy or varying traffic, or which must be more than 40 km/h on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- Do not use cruise control if the (25 mph). ered) or winding roads or over 6% traffic situation does not allow up-hill or down-hill roads. you to drive safely at a constant speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.

537 Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed: speed:

OXM053008 3.Lever must be moved down (to SET-) prior to setting any desired OXM053009 OXM053008 speed. The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: nate. Release the accelerator at • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and the same time. The desired speed hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. speed you want to maintain. slow down or speed up slightly while • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and going downhill. release it immediately.The cruising release it immediately.The cruising speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.6 speed will decrease by 1.0 mph km/h ) each time the lever is oper- (1.6 km/h) each time the lever is ated in this manner. operated in this manner.

5 38 Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument clus- If you want to speed up temporarily ter will go off), but it will not turn the when the cruise control is on, system off. If you wish to resume depress the accelerator pedal. cruise control operation, move the Increased speed will not interfere lever up (to RES+). You will return to with the cruise control operation or your previously preset speed. change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OXM053010 • Depress the brake pedal. • Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle. • Press the CANCEL button. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 20 km/h (12 mph ). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

539 Driving your vehicle

To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do more than approximately 40 one of the following: km/h (25 mph): • Press the CRUISE button (the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off). • Turn the ignition off. Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation. If you want to resume the cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on the previous page.

OXM053009 If any method other than the CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up. It will not resume, however, if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

5 40 Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued) • If the smart cruise control is • Pay particular attention to the left on, (CRUISE indicator driving conditions whenever light in the instrument cluster using the smart cruise control illuminated) the smart cruise system. control can be activated unin- • Be careful when driving tentionally. Keep the smart downhill using the smart cruise control system off cruise control system, which (CRUISE indicator light OFF) may increase the vehicle when the smart cruise control speed. OVG053312 is not in use, to avoid inadver- • The smart cruise control sys- ➀ CRUISE indicator tently setting a speed. tem is not a substitute for safe ➁ • Use the smart cruise control driving practices but a con- SET indicator venience function only. It is ➂ system only when traveling Set speed on open highways in good the responsibility of the driver ➃ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance weather. to always check the speed • Do not use the smart cruise and distance to the vehicle ahead. The smart cruise control system control when it may not be allows you to program the vehicle to safe to keep the car at a con- maintain a set speed so long as it is stant speed, for instance, driv- not limited by traffic. When traffic is ing in heavy or varying traffic, encountered the vehicle will be or on slippery (rainy, icy or slowed to maintain a set distance snow-covered) or winding behind traffic without depressing the roads or over 6% up-hill or accelerator or brake pedal. down-hill roads. (Continued)

541 Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: 2.Accelerate to the desired speed. • min. 30 km/h (19 mph): when there is no vehicle in front • min. 0 km/h (0 mph): when there is a vehicle in front

OXM053008

OXM053006 3.Lever must be moved down (to SET-) prior to setting any desired 1.Push the CRUISE button on the speed. The SET indicator light in steering wheel to turn the system the instrument cluster will illumi- on. The CRUISE indicator light in nate. Release the accelerator at the instrument cluster will illumi- the same time. The desired speed nate. will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.

5 42 Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with speed: speed: the cruise control on: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again. OXM053009 OXM053008 Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: ✽ NOTICE • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and Be careful when accelerating tem- hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually porarily, because the speed is not Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the regulated automatically at this time want. speed you want to maintain. even if there is a vehicle in front of • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and you. release it immediately. release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 1.6 km/h (or 1 mph) each time you by 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in manner. this manner. • You can set the speed to 180 km/h • You can set the cruise control to (113 mph ). any speed above 30 km/h (19 mph).

543 Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise control will be tem- Cancelled automatically • The accelerator pedal is continu- porarily canceled when: • The driver's door is opened. ously depressed for more than 1 minute. • The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive). Each of these actions will cancel • The EPB (electronic parking brake) the smart cruise control operation. is applied. (the SET indicator, set speed and • The vehicle speed is over 180km/h vehicle to vehicle distance on the (113mph) LCD display will go off.) • The vehicle stops on a steep In a condition the smart cruise con- incline. trol is cancelled automatically, the smart cruise control will not • The ESC or ABS is operating. resume even though the RES+ or • The ESC is turned off. SET- lever is moved. Also, the EPB OXM053010 • The sensor or the cover is dirty or (electronic parking brake) will be blocked with foreign matter. applied when the vehicle is Cancelled manually • When the vehicle is stopped for stopped. • When the vehicle is stopped. over 5 minutes. - Press the CANCEL switch locat- • The vehicle stops and go repeated on the steering wheel while edly for a long period of time. depress the brake pedal • The driver starts driving by • When the vehicle is moving depressing the accelerator pedal - Depress the brake pedal or press or move the lever (to RES+ or SET- the CANCEL switch located on ), if a vehicle stops far away ahead the steering wheel. of the your vehicle. The smart cruise control turns off temporarily when the indicator on the LCD display turns off. The CRUISE indicator is illuminated continuously. 5 44 Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set ✽ NOTICE speed: Always check the road conditions when moving the RES+ lever to resume the speed.

OVG053313E If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. OXM053009 You must adjust the vehicle speed by If any method other than the depressing the accelerator or brake CRUISE button was used to cancel pedal according to the road condition cruising speed and the system is still ahead and driving condition. activated, the cruising speed will Always check the road conditions. automatically resume when you Do not rely on the warning chime. move the lever up (to RES+). If you move the lever up (to RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. It will not resume if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

545 Driving your vehicle

To turn cruise control off, do Both of these actions cancel smart To set vehicle to vehicle dis- one of the following: cruise control operation. If you want tance: to resume smart cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on the previous page.

OXM053006 OVG053330 • Push the CRUISE button (the This system allows you to set and CRUISE indicator light in the maintain the distance from the vehi- instrument cluster will go off). cle ahead of you without pressing the • Turn the engine off when the vehi- accelerator or brake pedal. cle is stopped and shifted into Park.

5 46 Driving your vehicle

The vehicle to vehicle distance will For example, if you drive at 56 mph ✽ NOTICE automatically activate when the (90 km/h), the distance is maintained The 'Distance 4' is always set when smart cruise control system is on. as follows; the system is used for the first time Select the appropriate distance after starting the engine. according to road conditions and Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m vehicle speed. (172 feet) Distance 3 - approximately 40 m Each time the button is pressed, the (130 feet) vehicle to vehicle distance changes Distance 2 - approximately 30 m as follows; (98 feet) Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - approximately 25 m (82 feet) Distance 1

547 Driving your vehicle

■ In SCC mode ■ Except SCC mode CAUTION • The warning chime sounds and malfunction indicator blinks if it is hard to maintain Distance 4 the selected distance to the vehicle ahead. • If the warning chime sounds, Distance 4 Distance 3 actively adjust the vehicle Distance 3 speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.

Distance 2 • Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring. Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 1 OVG053315N/OVG053316N • The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear. • The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the selected speed.

5 48 Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead

OVG053317E

OVG053318E CAUTION In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the OVG053319 If the vehicle ahead (vehicle vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if The sensor detects distance to the speed: less than 16.8 mph the vehicle ahead of you starts mov- vehicle ahead. (30km/h)) disappears to the next ing, your vehicle will start as well. If the sensor is covered with dirt or lane, the warning chime will However, if the vehicle stops for other foreign matter, the vehicle to sound and a message will more than 3 seconds, you must vehicle distance control may not appear. Adjust your vehicle depress the accelerator pedal or operate correctly. speed for vehicles or objects move the lever (to RES+ or SET-) to that can suddenly appear in start driving. Always keep the sensor clean. front of you by depressing the brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.

549 Driving your vehicle

Sensor malfunction indicator SCC (Smart cruise control) mal- If the sensor or cover is function indicator CAUTION dirty or obscured with The warning light illumi- • Do not install accessories foreign matter such as nates when the vehicle around the sensor and do not snow, the indicator will to vehicle distance con- replace the bumper by your- illuminate. Clean the trol system is not func- self. It may interfere with the sensor by using a soft tioning normally. sensor performance. cloth. Take your vehicle to an • Always keep the sensor and authorized Kia dealer bumper clean. and have the system • To prevent sensor cover dam- checked. age from occurring, wash the car with a soft cloth. • Do not damage the sensor or sensor area by a strong impact. If the sensor moves slightly off position, the smart cruise control system will not operate correctly. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. • Use only a genuine Kia sensor cover for your vehicle.

5 50 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system On curves • On curves, the smart cruise control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will slow down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary. OBH058030

OBH058029 • Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent The smart cruise control system may lane. Apply the accelerator pedal have limits to its ability to detect dis- and select the appropriate set tance to the vehicle ahead due to speed. Check to be sure that the road and traffic conditions. road conditions permit safe operation of the smart cruise control.

551 Driving your vehicle

On inclines Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.

OBH058053 OBH058045 • During uphill or downhill driving, • A vehicle which moves into your the smart cruise control system lane from an adjacent lane cannot may not detect a moving vehicle in be recognized by the sensor until it your lane, and cause your vehicle is in the sensor's detection range. to accelerate to the set speed. • The sensor may not detect imme- Also, the vehicle speed will slow diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- down when the vehicle ahead is denly. Always pay attention to the recognized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions. • Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your on inclines and apply the brakes or lane is slower than your vehicle, accelerator pedal if necessary. your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.

5 52 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of WARNING following occurs: • The vehicle cannot be - When the vehicle is pointing stopped by using the smart upwards due to overloading in the cruise control system. trunk If an emergency stop is nec- - When operating the steering wheel essary, you must apply the - When driving to one side of the lane brakes. - When driving on narrow lanes or on • Keep a safe distance accord- curves ing to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to Apply the brakes or accelerator vehicle distance is too close pedal if necessary. OBH058046 during a high-speed driving, it may cause a serious collision. Some vehicles ahead in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor • The smart cruise control sys- as follows: tem can not recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- or an oncoming vehicle. cles or bicycles Always look ahead cautiously - Vehicles offset to one side to prevent unexpected and - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- sudden situations from occur- decelerating vehicles ring. - Stopped vehicles (Continued) - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads

553 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION • Vehicles moving in front of • As the smart cruise control The smart cruise control system you with a frequent lane system may not recognize may not operate temporarily change may cause a delay in complex driving situations, due to electrical interference. the system's reaction or may always pay attention to driv- cause the system to react to a ing conditions and control vehicle actually in an adjacent your vehicle speed. lane. Always look ahead cau- • For safe operation, carefully tiously to prevent unexpected read and follow the instruc- and sudden situations from tions in this manual before occurring. use. • The smart cruise control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. • Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and deceler- ate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. (Continued)

5 54 Driving your vehicle

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued) • The LDWS does not make the • Do not put objects that reflect vehicle change lanes. It is the light on the dash board. driver's responsibility to • Always check the road condi- always check the road conditions for you may not hear the tions. warning chime because of • Do not turn the steering wheel audio, or external noise. suddenly, when the LDWS OVG059041 warns that your vehicle is leaving the lane. • If the sensor cannot detect the lane or if the vehicle speed does not exceed 43 mph (70km/h), the LDWS won't warn you even though the vehicle leaves the lane. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of coating on the front windshield, the OVG053314 LDWS may not work properly. This system detects the lane with the • Prevent damage to the LDWS sensor at the front windshield and sensor from water or any liq- warns you when your vehicle leaves uid. the lane. • Do not remove the LDWS parts and do not damage the sensor by a strong impact. (Continued)

555 Driving your vehicle

• When the sensor detects the lane line

(Green)

OVG053321 • When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line OVG053320 OVG053323/OVG053324 To operate the LDWS, press the If you leave the lane, the lane you switch with the engine start/stop but- leave on the LCD display blinks yel- ton in the ON position. The indicator low with an 0.8 second interval. illuminates on the cluster. To cancel the LDWS, press the switch again.

OVG053322 If your vehicle leaves the lane when the LDWS is operating and vehicle speed exceeds 70km/h (43 mph), the warning operates as follows:

5 56 Driving your vehicle

Warning indicator The LDWS does not operate The LDWS may not warn you when: even if the vehicle leaves the • The driver turns on the turn signal lane, or may warn you even if to change lanes. the vehicle does not leave the (Yellow) lane when; (Yellow) (When the hazard warning flasher is operated, the LDWS operates • The lane can't be visible due to normally.) snow, rain, stain, a puddle or many • Driving on the lane line. other things. • The brightness outside changes suddenly. ✽ NOTICE • Not turning on the headlights at To change lanes, operate the turn night or in a tunnel. OVG053320N signal switch then change the lane. • Difficult to distinguish the color of If the LDWS fails, the warning indica- the lane marking from the road. tor comes on indicating the LDWS is • Driving on a steep grade or a not working properly. Take your vehi- curve. cle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked. • Light reflects from the water on the road. • The lens or windshield is stained with foreign matter. • The sensor can't detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or heavy snow. • The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to a direct sun light. • The lane is very wide or narrow.

557 Driving your vehicle

• The lane line is damaged or indis- tinct. • A shadow is on the lane line by a median strip. • There is a mark that looks like a lane line. • There is a boundary structure. • The distance from vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead drives hiding the lane line. • The vehicle shakes heavily. • The lane number increases or decreases or the lane lines are crossing. • Putting something on the dashboard. • Driving with the sun in front of you. • Driving in areas under construction. • The lane line is more than two.

5 58 Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED) It senses the rear side territory of the vehicle and provides information to WARNING the driver. • Always check the road conditions while driving for unex- ➀ BSD(Blind spot detection) pected situations even though the BSD (Blind spot Warning range is dependent on your detection) system is operat- vehicle speed. However, if your vehi- ing. cle speed is speedy about 10km/h than other vehicle, the warning is not • Never use the BSD system as OVG053325L operated. a replacement for careful driv- ➁ ing practices. Drivers should LCA(Lane change assist) always use their mirrors and When the vehicle is approaching to look over their shoulders to your vehicle at high speed, the warn- detect other vehicles when ing is operated. changing lanes. The BSD system is only intended to sup- plement safe practices.

OXMA053126 The BSD (Blind spot detection) system uses a radar sensor to alert the driver while driving.

559 Driving your vehicle

Operating conditions Warning type 1st stage The indicator on the switch will illumi- The system will activate when: nate when the BSD (Blind spot 1.The system is on detection) system switch is pressed with the ignition switch ON. If vehicle 2.Vehicle speed is above 15 km/h speed exceeds 15 km/h (9.3 mph) (9.3 mph) the system will activate. 3.Other vehicles are detected in the The indicator on the switch will turn rear side off when you press the BSD (Blind spot detection) system switch again with the ignition switch ON. OVG053326 If the ignition switch is turned OFF and ON the system returns to the If a vehicle is detected within the previous state. boundary of the system, a yellow warning light will illuminate inside of When the system is not used turn the the outside rearview mirror glass. system off by turning off the switch. If the detected vehicle is not in When the system is turned on the detecting range, the warning will be warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- turned off by driving conditions. onds on the outside rearview mirror.

5 60 Driving your vehicle

2nd stage When the second stage alert is acti- Detecting sensor vated, a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror housing and a alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to origin position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

OVG033304E

OVG053327 The sensors are located on inside of the rear bumper. Always keep the rear bumper clean for the system to work properly.

OVG033305E The second stage alarm will activate when: 1.The first stage alert is on 2.The turn signal is on to change a lane.

561 Driving your vehicle

Warning message WARNING CAUTION • The warning light on the out- • The system may not work side rearview mirror housing properly if the bumper has will illuminate whenever a been replaced or if repair work vehicle is detected at the rear has been done near the sen- side by the system. sor. To avoid accidents, do not • The detection area differs focus only on the warning according to the roads width. light and neglect to see the If the road is narrow the sys- surroundings of the vehicle. tem may detect other vehicles • Drive safely even though the in the next lane. OVG053328E vehicle is equipped with a • To the contrary, if the road is BSD (Blind spot detection) very wide the system may not If the system does not work properly, system. Do not solely rely on detect other vehicles. a warning message will appear and the system but check for your- • The system may turn off due the light on the switch will turn off. self before changing lanes. to strong electromagnetic The system will turn off automatical- waves. ly. The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check the surround- Have your vehicle inspected by an ings while driving. authorized Kia dealer.

5 62 Driving your vehicle

Non-operating condition - A big vehicle is near such as a bus Outside rearview mirror may not or truck. Driver's Attention alert the driver when: - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. The driver must be cautious in the - The outside rearview mirror hous- following situations in which the sys- - A flat trailer like vehicle is near. ing is covered with foreign matter. tem may not assist the driver and - If the vehicle has started at the - The window is covered with foreign may not function properly. same time as the vehicle next to it matter. and has accelerated. - The windows are severely tinted. - Curved roads, tollgates, etc. - When the other vehicle passes by very fast. - The surrounding of the sensor is covered by rain, snow, mud, etc - When changing lanes. - The rear bumper near the sensor is - When going down or up a steep covered or hidden with a foreign road where the height of the lane is matter such as a sticker, bumper different. guard, bicycle stand etc. - When the other vehicle drives at - The rear bumper is damaged or the the rear very nearby or drives very sensor is out of place. close. - The height of the vehicle is - When the temperature near the changed or altered such as when bumper is high. the trunk is loaded with heavy - When a trailer or carrier is installed. objects, or has abnormal tire pressure etc. - Due to bad weather such as heavy rain or snow. - A fixed object is near such as a guardrail, tunnel, animals etc. - A lot of amount of metal sub- stances are near the vehicles such as a construction area. 563 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

5 64 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power up period. • Fuel economy is reduced by cross- steering and power brakes will • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. winds and headwinds. To help off- not function properly without Lugging is driving too slowly in a set some of this loss, slow down the engine running. In addition, very high gear resulting in engine when driving in these conditions. turning off the ignition while bucking. If this happens, shift to a driving could engage the steer- lower gear. Over-revving is racing ing wheel lock resulting in loss the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating of vehicle steering. Keep the This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- engine on and downshift to an the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an appropriate gear for engine authorized Kia dealer perform braking effect. scheduled inspections and maintenance.

565 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions Do not pump the brake pedal on a Rocking the vehicle When hazardous driving conditions vehicle equipped with ABS. If it is necessary to rock the vehicle are encountered such as water, • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- use second gear. Accelerate slow- first turn the steering wheel right and ards, follow these suggestions: ly to avoid spinning the drive left to clear the area around your • Drive cautiously and allow extra wheels. front wheels. Then, shift back and distance for braking. • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- forth between R (Reverse) and any forward gear in vehicles equipped • Avoid sudden braking or steering. slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when with an automatic transaxle. Do not • When braking with non-ABS stalled in ice, snow, or mud. race the engine, and spin the wheels brakes pump the brake pedal with as little as possible. If you are still a light up-and-down motion until stuck after a few tries, have the vehi- the vehicle is stopped. WARNING cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to - Downshifting avoid engine overheating and possi- Do not downshift with an auto- ble damage to the transaxle. matic transaxle while driving on The ESC system should be turned slippery surfaces. The sudden OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid and result in an accident. CAUTION - Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating, transaxle damage or failure, and tire damage.

5 66 Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving at night CAUTION - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage.

WARNING - Sudden OBH058035L OMC035004 vehicle movement Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more Do not attempt to rock the vehi- corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight, cle if people or objects are near- wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to by. The vehicle may suddenly be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember: move forward or backwards as you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more dis- it becomes unstuck. wear will be held to a minimum. tance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

567 Driving your vehicle

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • If your tires are not in good condi- glare from other driver's head- tion, making a quick stop on wet lights. pavement can cause a skid and • Keep your headlights clean and possibly lead to an accident. Be properly aimed on vehicles not sure your tires are in good shape. equipped with the automatic head- • Turn on your headlights to make it light aiming feature. Dirty or easier for others to see you. improperly aimed headlights will • Driving too fast through large pud- make it much more difficult to see dles can affect your brakes. If you at night. must go through puddles, try to • Avoid staring directly at the head- drive through them slowly. lights of oncoming vehicles. You • If you believe you may have gotten could be temporarily blinded, and it 1JBB3303 your brakes wet, apply them lightly will take several seconds for your while driving until normal braking eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving operation returns. dangerous, especially if you’re not prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a few things to consider Driving in flooded areas when driving in the rain: Avoid driving through flooded areas • A heavy rainfall will make it harder unless you are sure the water is no to see and will increase the dis- higher than the bottom of the wheel tance needed to stop your vehicle, hub. Drive through any water slowly. so slow down. Allow adequate stopping distance • Keep your windshield wiping because brake performance may be equipment in good shape. Replace affected. your windshield wiper blades when After driving through water, dry the they show signs of streaking or brakes by gently applying them sev- missing areas on the windshield. eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

5 68 Driving your vehicle

Driving off-road Fuel, engine coolant and engine - Tire tread Drive carefully off-road because your WARNING oil vehicle may be damaged by rocks or Always check the tire tread High speed travel consumes more roots of trees. Become familiar with before driving your vehicle. fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- the off-road conditions where you Worn-out tires can result in loss get to check both the engine coolant are going to drive before you begin of vehicle control. Worn-out and engine oil. driving. tires should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, Drive belt Highway driving refer to "Tires and wheels" in A loose or damaged drive belt may Tires section 7. overheat the engine. Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires. Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure. Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires.

569 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions. so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid- and handling of your car. ed by snow tires on dry roads may Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig- eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires.You should drive 1JBB3305 and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are Severe weather conditions in the hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids. You need to ipal regulations for possible restric- keep sufficient distance between the tions against their use. vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.

5 70 Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing, Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat- to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury. in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni- have your coolant tested to assure tion system Use approved window washer that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace To keep the water in the window the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc- Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash- Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine in section 7. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin- authorized Kia dealer or a service ish. station.

571 Driving your vehicle

Don't let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu- Carry emergency equipment freeze mulate underneath Depending on the severity of the Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and weather you should carry appropri- brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders ate emergency equipment. Some of position. This is most likely to hap- and interfere with the steering. When the items you may want to carry pen when there is an accumulation driving in severe winter conditions include tow straps or chains, flash- of snow or ice around or near the where this may happen, you should light, emergency flares, sand, a rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. periodically check underneath the shovel, jumper cables, a window If there is a risk the parking brake car to be sure the movement of the scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover- may freeze, apply it only temporarily front wheels and the steering com- alls, a blanket, etc. while you put the shift lever in P ponents is not obstructed. (automatic transaxle) or in first or TRAILER TOWING reverse gear (manual transaxle) and We do not recommend using this block the rear wheels so the vehicle vehicle for trailer towing. cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 72 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information The label located on the driver's door Seating capacity: label sill gives the original tire size, cold Total : 5 persons tire pressures recommended for your (Front seat : 2 persons, vehicle, the number of people that Rear seat : 3 persons) can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight. Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. Vehicle capacity weight: However, the seating capacity may 410 kg (904 lbs.) be reduced based upon the weight of Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- all of the occupants, and the weight mum combined weight of occupants of the cargo being carried or towed. and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Do not overload the vehicle as there with a trailer, the combined weight is a limit to the total weight, or load includes the tongue load. limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

OHG051083A/OHG051084A

573 Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity: Steps For Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined weight of We do not recommend using this Load Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded vehicle for trailer towing. 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may bined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available Cargo capacity: cargo should never exceed XXX kg cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. The cargo capacity of your vehicle or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- will increase or decrease depending ard. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- on the weight and the number of 2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be occupants and the tongue load, if the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your the driver and passengers from vehicle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg (650 lbs). (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 74 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A A A Weight (849 lbs) Weight (849 lbs) Weight (849 lbs) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 136 kg 340 kg 365 kg B Weight B Weight B Weight (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (805 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 73 kg (161 lbs) × 5 Available Cargo and 249 kg Available Cargo and 45 kg Available Cargo and 20 kg C C C Luggage weight (549 lbs) Luggage weight (99 lbs) Luggage weight (44 lbs)

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

575 Driving your vehicle

Certification label To find out the actual loads on your The label will help you decide how The certification label is located on front and rear axles, you need to go much cargo and installed equipment the driver's door sill at the center pil- to a weigh station and weigh your your vehicle can carry. lar. vehicle.Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load This label shows the maximum equally on both sides of the center- If you carry items inside your vehicle allowable weight of the fully loaded line. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or vehicle. This is called the GVWR anything else - they are moving as (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop GVWR includes the weight of the WARNING - Over or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, vehicle, all occupants, fuel and loading the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv- cargo. Never exceed the GVWR for er or a passenger. This label also tells you the maxi- your vehicle, the GAWR for mum weight that can be supported either the front or rear axle and by the front and rear axles, called vehicle capacity weight. Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle’s handling and braking ability.

5 76 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Over WARNING - Loose cargo loading Do not travel with unsecured Do not overload your vehicle. blunt objects in the passenger Overloading your vehicle can compartment of your vehicle cause heat buildup in your vehi- (e.g. suit cases or unsecured cle's tires and possible tire fail- child seats). These items may ure, increased stopping dis- strike occupant during a sud- tances and poor vehicle han- den stop or crash. dling--all of which may result in a crash.

✽ NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

577 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added This is the maximum allowable trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. (including all options, equipment, bility, with or without a trailer. passengers and cargo). The GVWR Properly loading your vehicle will GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label provide maximum return of the vehi- located on the driver’s door sill. cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) specifications and the compliance label: This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers Base curb weight are shown on the compliance label. This is the weight of the vehicle The total load on each axle must including a full tank of fuel and all never exceed its GAWR. standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen- Vehicle curb weight gers. This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

5 78 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 Towing ...... 6-22 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 • Towing service ...... 6-22 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 • Removable towing hook ...... 6-23 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • Emergency towing ...... 6-23 • If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 6-3 • If engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Push-starting ...... 6-6 If the engine overheats...... 6-7 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-8 • TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator ...... 6-10 6 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-11 If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ...... 6-14 • Jack and tools ...... 6-14 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-15 • Changing tires ...... 6-15 • Wheel nut tightening torque...... 6-19 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.

OVG063001 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

26 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If engine stalls while driving road or crossing on your emergency hazard flash- 1.Reduce your speed gradually, ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or keeping a straight line. Move cau- the transaxle in P (automatic crossing, set the shift lever in the N tiously off the road to a safe place. transaxle). (Neutral) position and then push the 2.Turn on your emergency flashers. vehicle to a safe place. 3.Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an If you have a flat tire while from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance. driving 4.When changing a flat tire, follow If a tire goes flat while you are driv- the instruction provided later in this ing: section. 1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control. When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn't turn over If engine turns over normally or turns over slowly but does not start 1.If your vehicle has an automatic 1.Check fuel level. transaxle, be sure the shift lever is 2.With the ignition switch in the in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK position, check all connec- emergency brake is set. tors at the ignition coil and spark 2.Check the battery connections to plugs. Reconnect any that may be be sure they are clean and tight. disconnected or loose. 3.Turn on the interior light. If the light 3.Check the fuel line in the engine dims or goes out when you operate compartment. the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek 4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance. be sure they are securely tightened. 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

WARNING - Push/ pull start Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a fire hazard.

46 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jumper Cables Jump starting - Battery Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The vehicle or battery, follow these jump battery produces hydrogen (-) gas which may explode if (+) starting procedures. If in doubt, we (-) strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks. competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not (+) Discharged ice jump start your vehicle. followed exactly, serious per- Booster battery sonal injury and damage to battery the vehicle may occur! If you 1VQA4001 CAUTION are not sure how to follow this Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- procedure, seek qualified and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt assistance. Automobile bat- starting motor, ignition system, teries contain sulfuric acid. and other electrical parts This is poisonous and highly beyond repair by use of a 24- corrosive. When jump start- volt power supply (either two ing, wear protective glasses 12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid 24-volt motor generator set). on yourself, your clothing or on the vehicle. • Do not attempt to jump start WARNING - Battery the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the elec- Never attempt to check the electrolyte level is low; the battery trolyte level of the battery as may rupture or explode. this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury.

65 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transaxle lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to for jump-starting. come in contact. CAUTION - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper WARNING 4.Connect the jumper cables in the cable from the negative terminal Never tow a vehicle to start it exact sequence shown in the illus- of the booster battery to the because the sudden surge for- tration. First connect one end of a negative terminal of the dis- ward when the engine starts jumper cable to the positive termi- charged battery. This can cause could cause a collision with the nal of the discharged battery (1), the discharged battery to over- tow vehicle. then connect the other end to the heat and crack, releasing bat- positive terminal of the booster tery acid. battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with other jumper cable to the negative the booster battery and let it run at terminal of the booster battery (3), 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of then the other end to a solid, sta- the vehicle with the discharged tionary, metallic point (for example, battery. the engine lifting bracket) away If the cause of your battery discharg- from the battery (4). Do not con- ing is not apparent, you should have nect it to or near any part that your vehicle checked by an author- moves when the engine is cranked. ized Kia dealer.

66 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns. as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining 2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the automatic transaxle) and set the overheating, wait until the engine parking brake. If the air condition- WARNING temperature has returned to nor- ing is on, turn it off. mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, 3.If engine coolant is running out While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser- under the vehicle or steam is com- keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the ing out from underneath the hood, away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark. stop the engine. Do not open the as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping hood until the coolant has stopped alert for further signs of overheat- running or the steaming has ing. If overheating happens again, stopped. If there is no visible loss 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized Kia dealer for of engine coolant and no steam, ken or engine coolant is leaking assistance. leave the engine running and out, stop the engine immediately check to be sure the engine cool- and call the nearest authorized Kia ing fan is operating. If the fan is not dealer for assistance. CAUTION running, turn the engine off. Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED) As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS mal- telltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with tires is significantly under-inflated. the low tire pressure telltale. When Accordingly, when the low tire pres- the system detects a malfunction, sure telltale illuminates, you should the telltale will flash for approximate- stop and check your tires as soon as ly one minute and then remain con- possible, and inflate them to the tinuously illuminated. This sequence proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- will continue upon subsequent vehi- OVG063004N cantly under-inflated tire causes the cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tire to overheat and can lead to tire tion exists. When the malfunction (1) Low tire pressure telltale / failure. Under-inflation also reduces indicator is illuminated, the system TPMS malfunction indicator fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may not be able to detect or signal (2) Low tire pressure position telltale. may affect the vehicle’s handling and low tire pressure as intended. TPMS (shown on the LCD display) stopping ability. malfunctions may occur for a variety Each tire, including the spare (if pro- of reasons, including the installation vided), should be checked monthly of replacement or alternate tires or Please note that the TPMS is not a wheels on the vehicle that prevent when cold and inflated to the inflation substitute for proper tire mainte- pressure recommended by the vehi- the TPMS from functioning properly. nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- Always check the TPMS malfunction cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- bility to maintain correct tire pres- ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If telltale after replacing one or more sure, even if under-inflation has not tires or wheels on your vehicle to your vehicle has tires of a different reached the level to trigger illumina- size than the size indicated on the ensure that the replacement or alter- tion of the TPMS low tire pressure nate tires and wheels allow the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- telltale. sure label, you should determine the TPMS to continue to function proper- proper tire inflation pressure for ly. those tires.)

86 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure If the telltale illuminates, immediately If any of the below happens, have telltale reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- the system be checked by an author- nering and anticipate increased stop- ized Kia dealer. ping distances. You should stop and 1.The low tire pressure telltale/ Low tire pressure position tell- check your tires as soon as possible. TPMS malfunction indicator do tale Inflate the tires to the proper pres- not illuminate for 3 seconds when sure as indicated on the vehicle’s the ignition switch is turned to the placard or tire inflation pressure label ON or engine is running. located on the driver’s side center pil- 2.The TPMS malfunction indicator lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a remains illuminated after blinking service station or if the tire cannot for approximately 1 minute. hold the newly added air, replace the 3.The Low tire pressure position low pressure tire with the spare tire. telltale remains illuminated. Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving OVG043307N before you have the low pressure tire When the tire pressure monitoring repaired and replaced on the vehicle. system warning indicators are illumi- In winter or cold weather, the low tire nated and warning massage dis- pressure telltale may be illuminated if played on the cluster LCD display, the tire pressure was adjusted to the one or more of your tires is signifi- recommended tire inflation pressure cantly under-inflated. The low tire in warm weather. It does not mean pressure position telltale light will your TPMS is malfunctioning indicate which tire is significantly because the decreased temperature under-inflated by illuminating the cor- leads to a proportional lowering of responding position light. tire pressure.

69 What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a TPMS (Tire Pressure The TPMS malfunction indicator may warm area to a cold area or from a Monitoring System) be illuminated if the vehicle is moving cold area to a warm area, or the out- malfunction indicator around electric power supply cables side temperature is greatly higher or or radios transmitter such as at lower, you should check the tire infla- police stations, government and pub- tion pressure and adjust the tires to The TPMS malfunction indicator will lic offices, broadcasting stations, mil- the recommended tire inflation pres- illuminate after it blinks for approxi- itary installations, airports, or trans- sure. mately one minute when there is a mitting towers, etc. This can interfere problem with the Tire Pressure with normal operation of the Tire Monitoring System. Have the system Pressure Monitoring System WARNING - Low checked by an authorized Kia dealer (TPMS). pressure as soon as possible to determine the The TPMS malfunction indicator may damage cause of the problem. illuminate if snow chains or some Significantly low tire pressure separately purchased devices such makes the vehicle unstable and ✽ NOTICE as notebook computers, mobile can contribute to loss of vehicle If there is a malfunction with the charger, remote starter, navigation control and increased braking TPMS, the low tire pressure position etc. are used in the vehicle. This can distances. telltale will not be displayed even interfere with normal operation of the Continued driving on low pres- though the vehicle has an under- Tire Pressure Monitoring System sure tires can cause the tires to inflated tire. (TPMS). overheat and fail.

6 10 What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure CAUTION If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure will come on. Have the flat Pressure telltale will blink or remain If an original mounted tire is tire repaired by an authorized Kia on until the low pressure tire is replaced with the spare tire, the dealer as soon as possible or repaired and placed on the vehicle. TPMS sensor on the replaced replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure spare wheel should be initiated tire. tire with the TPMS spare tire, the and the TPMS sensor on the Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink original mounted wheel should or illuminate after a few minutes be deactivated. If the TPMS sen- CAUTION because the TPMS sensor mounted sor on the original mounted NEVER use a puncture-repair- on the spare wheel is not initiated. wheel located in the spare tire ing agent to repair and/or inflate Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- carrier still activates, the tire a low pressure tire. The tire ed to the recommended pressure pressure monitoring system sealant can damage the tire and installed on the vehicle or the may not operate properly. Have pressure sensor. If used, you TPMS sensor mounted on the the tire with TPMS serviced or will have to replace the tire pres- replaced spare wheel is initiated by replaced by an authorized Kia sure sensor. an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS dealer. malfunction indicator and the low tire Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure telltale will extinguish within pressure sensor mounted inside the a few minutes of driving. tire behind the valve stem. You must If the indicator is not extinguished use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- after a few minutes of driving, please ommended that you always have visit an authorized Kia dealer. your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

611 What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low A cold tire means the vehicle has tire by simply looking at it. Always been sitting for 3 hours and driven for WARNING - TPMS use a good quality tire pressure less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 • The TPMS cannot alert you to gauge to measure the tire's inflation hour period. severe and sudden tire dam- pressure. Please note that a tire that age caused by external fac- is hot (from being driven) will have a CAUTION tors such as nails or road higher pressure measurement than a debris. tire that is cold (from sitting station- Do not use any tire sealant if • If you feel any vehicle instabil- ary for at least 3 hours and driven your vehicle is equipped with a ity, immediately take your foot less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that Tire Pressure Monitoring off the accelerator, apply the 3 hour period). System. The liquid sealant can brakes gradually and with Allow the tire to cool before measur- damage the tire pressure sensors. light force, and slowly move to ing the inflation pressure. Always be a safe position off the road. sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

6 12 What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Industry WARNING - Protecting Canada Standard RSS-210. TPMS Operation is subject to the following Tampering with, modifying, or two conditions: disabling the Tire Pressure 1.This device may not cause harmful Monitoring System (TPMS) interference, and components may interfere with 2.This device must accept any inter- the system's ability to warn the ference received, including inter- driver of low tire pressure con- ference that may cause undesired ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- operation. tions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System WARNING (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of Changes or modifications not the vehicle. expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

613 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Changing tire changing only. tires To prevent the jack from “rattling” • Never attempt vehicle repairs while the vehicle is in motion, store it in the traffic lanes of a public properly. road or highway. Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Always move the vehicle com- the possibility of personal injury. pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, OTF060002 call a towing service company The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut for assistance. wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct compartment. front and rear jacking posi- Pull up the luggage box cover to tions on the vehicle; never reach this equipment. use the bumpers or any other (1) Jack handle part of the vehicle for jack support. (2) Jack (Continued) (3) Wheel lug nut wrench

6 14 What to do in an emergency

(Continued) Removing and storing the Changing tires spare tire • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the OBH068002L jack. OVG069011 1.Park on a level surface and apply • Make sure any children pres- Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. ent are in a secure place away counterclockwise. 2.Place the shift lever into P (Park). from the road and from the Store the tire in the reverse order of 3.Activate the hazard warning flash- vehicle to be raised with the removal. ers. jack. To prevent the spare tire and tools from “rattling” while the vehicle is in motion, store them properly.

615 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be 1JBA6504 blocked, and that no person OBK069003 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked. clockwise one turn each, but do from the vehicle. not remove any nut until the tire 5.Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground. wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.

6 16 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

OVG063015

OFD067008 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 30 mm (1 in.). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- ble and that there is no chance for 1JBA6025 movement or slippage. 7.Place the jack at the front (1) or rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame.

617 What to do in an emergency

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the them with your fingers. Slide the WARNING studs, put the wheel nuts on the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so Wheels may have sharp edges. studs and tighten them finger it cannot roll away.To put the wheel Handle them carefully to avoid tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is on the hub, pick up the spare tire, possible severe injury. Before completely seated, then tighten line up the holes with the studs and putting the wheel into place, be the nuts as much as possible slide the wheel onto them. If this is sure that there is nothing on the with your fingers again. difficult, tip the wheel slightly and hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, 11. Insert the wrench into the jack get the top hole in the wheel lined gravel, etc.) that prevents the and lower the vehicle to the up with the top stud.Then jiggle the wheel from fitting solidly ground by turning the wheel nut wheel back and forth until the against the hub. wrench counterclockwise. wheel can slide over the other If there is, remove it. If the con- studs. tact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death.

6 18 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled - the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap metric threads and the same is not replaced, dust and dirt may get chamfer configuration are used. into the tire valve and air may leak Installation of a non-metric OBK069016 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, thread nut on a metric stud or buy another and install it as soon as vice-versa will not secure the Then position the wrench as shown possible. wheel to the hub properly and in the drawing and tighten the wheel After you have changed the wheels, will damage the stud so that it nuts. Be sure the socket is seated must be replaced. completely over the nut. Do not stand always secure the flat tire in its place on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their Note that most lug nuts do not extension pipe over the wrench han- proper storage locations. have metric threads. Be sure to dle. Go around the wheel tightening use extreme care in checking every nut following the numerical for thread style before installing sequence shown in the image until aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. they are all tight. Then double-check If in doubt, consult an author- each nut for tightness. After changing ized Kia dealer. wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

619 What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped) WARNING If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 50 mph (80 km/h). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, jack handle, avoid failure of the spare possi- wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire CAUTION bly leading to personal injury or from rattling while the vehicle is in • You should drive carefully death. motion, store them properly. when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare WARNING - Inadequate should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat- spare tire pressure proper conventional tire and ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after • The operation of this vehicle ✽ NOTICE installing the spare tire. Adjust is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after it to the specified pressure, if more than one compact spare installing the spare tire. Adjust it to necessary. Refer to “Tires and tire in use at the same time. the specified pressure, as necessary. wheels” in section 8.

6 20 What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor • Under no circumstances should smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used higher speed could damage the ground clearance approximately with the compact spare wheel. If tire. 25 mm (1 inch), which could result such use is attempted, damage to in damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com- • Ensure that you drive slowly ponents may occur. enough for the road conditions to • Do not take this vehicle through an avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, automatic vehicle wash while the • Do not use more than one compact such as a pothole or debris, could compact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time. seriously damage the compact • Do not use the compact spare tire • Do not tow a trailer while the com- spare. on any other vehicle because this pact spare tire is installed. • Any continuous road use of this tire tire has been designed especially could result in tire failure, loss of for your vehicle. vehicle control, and possible per- • The compact spare tire’s tread life sonal injury. is shorter than a regular tire. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- Inspect your compact spare tire mum load rating or the load-carry- regularly and replace worn coming capacity shown on the sidewall pact spare tires with the same size of the compact spare tire. and design, mounted on the same wheel.

621 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground A (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a B towing dolly under the front wheels. HXD02 When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not dolly used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.

✽ NOTICE If the EPB does not release normal- OMC045012 ly, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer by loading the vehi- HXD03 If emergency towing is necessary, cle on a flatbed tow truck and have we recommend having it done by an the system checked. CAUTION authorized Kia dealer or a commer- • Do not tow the vehicle back- cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting wards with the front wheels on and towing procedures are neces- the ground as this may cause sary to prevent damage to the vehi- damage to the vehicle. cle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or For trailer towing guidelines informa- flatbed equipment. tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

6 22 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook Emergency towing emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) ■ Front 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTION Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal OVG063014 damage to the transaxle. ■ Rear

OVG063013 1. Open the trunk, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is OVG063007 fully secured. If towing is necessary, have it 4. Remove the towing hook and done by an authorized Kia dealer install the cover after use. or a commercial tow truck service.

623 What to do in an emergency

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be CAUTION WARNING temporarily towed using a cable or • Attach a towing strap to the Use extreme caution when tow- chain secured to the emergency tow- tow hook. ing the vehicle. ing hook under the rear of the vehi- • Using a portion of the vehicle • Avoid sudden starts or erratic cle. Use extreme caution when tow- other than the tow hooks for driving maneuvers which ing the vehicle. A driver must be in towing may damage the body would place excessive stress the vehicle to steer it and operate the of your vehicle. on the emergency towing brakes. • Use only a cable or chain hook and towing cable or Towing in this manner may be done specifically intended for use chain. The hook and towing only on hard-surfaced roads for a in towing vehicles. Securely cable or chain may break and short distance and at low speeds. fasten the cable or chain to cause serious injury or dam- Also, the wheels, axles, power train, the towing hook provided. age. steering and brakes must all be in • If the disabled vehicle is good condition. unable to be moved, do not • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a • Before emergency towing, check forcibly continue the towing. vehicle out of mud, sand or other that the hook is not broken or dam- Contact an authorized Kia conditions from which the vehicle aged. dealer or a commercial tow cannot be driven out under its own truck service for assistance. power. • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. • Tow the vehicle as straight • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than ahead as possible. the vehicle doing the towing. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. • Keep away from the vehicle • The drivers of both vehicles should during towing. communicate with each other fre- • To avoid damaging the hook, do quently. not pull from the side or at a verti- cal angle. Always pull straight ahead.

6 24 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • Place the ignition switch in ACC so CAUTION - Automatic the steering wheel isn’t locked. transaxle • Place the transaxle shift lever in N • If the car is being towed with (Neutral). all four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the • Release the parking bake. front. Be sure that the • Press the brake pedal with more transaxle is in neutral. Be sure force than normal since you will the steering is unlocked by have reduced brake performance. placing the ignition switch in • More steering effort will be the ACC position. A driver OYF069017 required because the power steer- must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and • Use a towing strap less than 16 ing system will be disabled. brakes. feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or • If you are driving down a long hill, red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) the brakes may overheat and brake • To avoid serious damage to wide) in the middle of the strap for performance will be reduced. Stop the automatic transaxle, limit easy visibility. often and let the brakes cool off. the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than • Drive carefully so that the towing 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing. strap is not loosened during towing. • Before towing, check the automatic transaxle for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking, a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used.

625 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 • Filter inspection...... 7-38 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-4 Wiper blades ...... 7-39 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-5 • Blade inspection...... 7-39 Owner maintenance ...... 7-6 • Blade replacement ...... 7-39 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-6 Battery...... 7-43 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-8 • For best battery service ...... 7-43 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-25 • Battery recharging ...... 7-44 Engine oil...... 7-29 • Reset items ...... 7-45 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-29 Tires and wheels ...... 7-46 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-30 • Tire care ...... 7-46 Engine coolant ...... 7-31 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-46 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-31 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-47 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-33 • Tire rotation ...... 7-48 Brake fluid ...... 7-34 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-49 • Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-34 • Tire replacement ...... 7-50 Washer fluid ...... 7-35 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-51 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-35 • Tire traction ...... 7-51 7 Parking brake ...... 7-36 • Tire maintenance...... 7-51 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-36 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 Air cleaner...... 7-37 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-59 • Filter replacement ...... 7-37 Fuses ...... 7-61 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-62 Appearance care...... 7-74 • Exterior care ...... 7-74 • Interior care ...... 7-79 Emission control system ...... 7-81

7 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ 3.3L Engine

1. Engine oil dipstick 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Engine coolant reservoir 4. Radiator cap 5. Brake fluid reservoir 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Air cleaner 8. Positive battery terminal 9. Negative battery terminal 10. Fuse box

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OHG011004A

73 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Repairs and adjustments required as to prevent damage to your vehicle a result of improper maintenance or and injury to yourself whenever per- a lack of required maintenance are forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE not covered. tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record We recommend you have your vehi- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- cle maintained and repaired by an cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. authorized Kia dealer. An authorized your vehicle, we strongly recom- You should retain documents that Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service mend that you have an authorized show proper maintenance has been quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer perform this work. performed on your vehicle in accor- nical support from Kia in order to pro- An authorized Kia dealer has factory- dance with the scheduled mainte- vide you with a high level of service trained technicians and genuine Kia nance service charts shown on the satisfaction. parts to service your vehicle proper- following pages. You need this infor- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- mation to establish your compliance ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties. cient servicing may result in opera- Detailed warranty information is tional problems with your vehicle that provided in your Warranty & could lead to vehicle damage, an Consumer Information manual. accident, or personal injury.

47 Maintenance

Owner maintenance precautions WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives Do not wear jewelry or loose instructions only for the maintenance clothing while working under items that are easy to perform. the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can As explained earlier in this section, become entangled in moving several procedures can be done only parts, if you must run the by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- engine while working under the cial tools. hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially ✽ NOTICE rings, bracelets, watches, and Improper owner maintenance dur- necklaces) and all neckties, ing the warranty period may affect scarves, and similar loose warranty coverage. For details, read clothing before getting near the the separate Warranty & Consumer engine or cooling fans. Information manual provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized Kia dealer.

75 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in coolant • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Check the radiator and condenser. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for road. labor, parts and lubricants used. blocked with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any of the above parts are • When stopping, listen and check extremely dirty or you are not sure for unusual sounds, pulling to one of their condition, take your vehicle side, increased brake pedal travel to an authorized Kia dealer. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the WARNING - Hot coolant operation of your transaxle occurs, check the transaxle fluid level. Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the • Check the automatic transaxle P engine is hot. Scalding hot (Park) function. coolant and steam may blow • Check the parking brake. out under pressure. This could • Check for fluid leaks under your cause burns or other serious vehicle (water dripping from the air injuries. conditioning system during or after use is normal).

67 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year : • Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes. • Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. check the hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches. the wiper blades with clean cloth • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- dampened with washer fluid. tires including the spare. strips. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, • Check the power steering fluid shields and clamps. level. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for • Inspect and lubricate automatic wear and function. transaxle linkage and controls. • Check for worn tires and loose • Clean the battery and terminals. wheel lug nuts. • Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

77 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre- conditions apply. If any of the following quently than the following Normal conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120 Maintenance Under Severe Usage months or 240,000 km (150,000 Conditions. miles) continue to follow the pre- • Repeated short distance driving. scribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F).

87 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. *1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details. *3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *4 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

79 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ ❑ Inspect vacuum hose Inspect vacuum hose ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts replace. ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7 10 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 18 months 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts replace. ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) (Continued)

711 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 36 months ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Rotate tire (48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots replace. ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers 60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 30 months ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Rotate tire joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter Replace engine oil and filter (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months) (72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 72 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 72 months) (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❈ ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. replace.

7 12 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 42 months 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 84 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 84 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts replace. ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect valve clearance *3 ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) (Continued)

713 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 54 months ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Rotate tire (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 108 months) (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 108 months) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. replace.

7 14 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 60 months (Continued) ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines replace. ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) (Continued)

715 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 66 months 144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 72 months

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake fluid replace. ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) (Continued)

7 16 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 78 months

❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect battery condition (144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 144 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect vacuum hose (144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 144 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 156 months) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks (156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 156 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ replace. Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

717 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 84 months (Continued)

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect battery condition (168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❈ ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler replace. ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months) (Continued)

7 18 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 90 months 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 96 months ❑ ❑ Rotate tire Rotate tire ❑ ❑ Inspect battery condition Inspect battery condition ❑ ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ ❑ Inspect vacuum hose Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ (180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 180 months) Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ ❑ Add fuel additive *1 Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ (180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 180 months) Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake fluid replace. ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect valve clearance *3 ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) (Continued)

719 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 102 months ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Rotate tire (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose (192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 192 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Replace coolant (204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 204 months) (First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months ❑ Add fuel additive *1 after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) (204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 204 months) ❑ 1 Add fuel additive * ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 192 months) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks replace.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7 20 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 108 months (Continued)

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❈ ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots 228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 114 months ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 228 months) (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months ❑ Add fuel additive *1 after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) (228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 228 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or (216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months) replace. ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months) (Continued)

721 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 120 months (Continued) ❑ ❑ Rotate tire Replace air cleaner filter ❑ ❑ Inspect battery condition Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months) ❑ ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines Replace coolant ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ 1 ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers Add fuel additive * ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months) ❑ ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ joint, upper arm ball joint Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ 2 Inspect fuel filter * replace. ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2 No check, No service required ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid ❑ Inspect drive belts *3 (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) (Continued)

7 22 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION EVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES) OR A, B, C, D, E, F, ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R 6 MONTHS G, H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

(Continued)

723 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, F, G

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I ARM BALL JOINT EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) OR 6 DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I C, D, E, F, G, H, I MONTHS CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT) SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A- Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road ing temperature H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack B- Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle tances towing C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) spread roads K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E- Driving in sandy areas

7 24 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the car damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam- is being driven in severe conditions, cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized Kia dealer more frequent oil and filter changes starting. If an excessive amount of replace any damaged or leaking are required. foreign matter accumulates in the parts immediately. fuel tank, the filter may require Drive belts replacement more frequently. Vapor hose and fuel filler cap After installing a new filter, run the Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance authorized Kia dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

725 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check cooling system components, Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is such as radiator, coolant reservoir, dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. hoses and connections for leakage damage. Hard and brittle rubber, and damage. Replace any damaged cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and parts. excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Coolant nearest to high heat sources, such The coolant should be changed at as the exhaust manifold. Valve clearance the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Inspect the hose routing to assure Inspect excessive valve noise and/or that the hoses do not come in con- engine vibration and adjust if neces- tact with any heat source, sharp sary. An authorized Kia dealer edges or moving component which should perform the operation. might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7 26 Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines Brake discs, pads, calipers Automatic transaxle fluid does not Visually check for proper installation, and rotors need to be checked under normal chafing, cracks, deterioration and Check the pads for excessive wear, usage conditions. any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- discs for run out and wear, and But in severe conditions, the fluid ed or damaged parts immediately. calipers for fluid leakage. should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the Brake fluid Suspension mounting bolts scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter. Check brake fluid level in the brake Check the suspension connections fluid reservoir. The level should be for looseness or damage. Retighten ✽ between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on to the specified torque. NOTICE the side of the reservoir. Use only Automatic transaxle fluid color is hydraulic brake fluid conforming to basically red. DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Steering gear box, linkage & As the vehicle is driven, the auto- boots/lower arm ball joint matic transaxle fluid will begin to Parking brake With the vehicle stopped and engine look darker. off, check for excessive free-play in This a normal condition and you Inspect the parking brake system the steering wheel. should not judge the need to replace including the parking brake pedal or Check the linkage for bends or dam- the fluid based upon the changed lever and cables. color. age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or The use of a non-specified fluid damage. Replace any damaged could result in transaxle malfunction parts. and failure. Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)

727 Maintenance

Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

7 28 Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. OHG070004

OHG071003A If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. Do not overfill. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level CAUTION - Replace ground. engine oil 2. Start the engine and allow it to Do not overfill with engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil reach normal operating tempera- Engine damage may result. from being spilled on engine com- ture. ponents. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for Use only the specified engine oil. the oil to return to the oil pan. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and capacities” in section 8.) and reinsert it fully.

729 Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

7 30 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level If the coolant level is low, add enough has a reservoir filled with year-round distilled (deionized) water. Bring the antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is level to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If filled at the factory. frequent coolant addition is required, Check the antifreeze protection and see an authorized Kia dealer for a coolant level at least once a year, at cooling system inspection. the beginning of the winter season, and before traveling to a colder climate.

WARNING - Cooling fan Use caution when OHG070005 working near the blade of the cooling Check the condition and connections fan. The electric of all cooling system hoses and motor (cooling fan) is heater hoses. Replace any swollen controlled by engine coolant or deteriorated hoses. temperature, refrigerant pres- The coolant level should be filled sure and vehicle speed. It may between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks sometimes operate even when on the side of the coolant reservoir the engine is not running. when the engine is cool. Your vehicle equipped with GDI, the electric motor (cooling fan) may operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable. Not heeding these warnings could result in serious injuries.

731 Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant For mixture percentage, refer to the • When adding coolant, use only following table. deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard Mixture Percentage (volume) water in the coolant filled at the fac- Ambient tory. An improper coolant mixture Temperature can result in serious malfunction or Antifreeze Water engine damage. • The engine in your vehicle has alu- -15°C (5°F) 35 65 minum engine parts and must be -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 protected by an ethylene-glycol- -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 based coolant to prevent corrosion OHG071006L and freezing. -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol WARNING coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. Radiator cap • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure.

7 32 Maintenance

Changing the coolant CAUTION - Removing radiator cap Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to Never attempt to the Maintenance Schedule at the remove the radiator beginning of this section. cap while the engine is operating or hot. Put a thick cloth or fabric around the Doing so might lead radiator cap before refilling the to cooling system and coolant in order to prevent the engine damage. coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator.

Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down. Use care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

733 Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine oil) can cause damage to the WARNING - Brake fluid brake system. When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. If the level is low, add fluid to the Do not let it come in contact MAX (Maximum) level. The level will with your eyes. If brake fluid fall with accumulated mileage. This is should come in contact with a normal condition associated with your eyes, immediately flush OVG079007L the wear of brake linings. If the fluid them with a large quantity of level is excessively low, have the fresh tap water. Have your eyes Check the fluid level in the reservoir brake system checked by an author- examined by a doctor as soon periodically. The fluid level should be ized Kia dealer. as possible. between MAX (Maximum) and MIN (Minimum) marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid. CAUTION - Brake fluid Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capacities” in section 8.) Do not allow brake fluid to con- and adding brake fluid, clean the tact the vehicle's body paint, as area around the reservoir cap thor- paint damage will result. oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. ination. Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

7 34 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level WARNING - Windshield WARNING - Coolant fluid • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid Do not drink the windshield reservoir. washer fluid. The windshield washer fluid is poisonous to • Radiator coolant can severely humans and animals. obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or WARNING - Flammable damage to paint and body trim. fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to come in contact with open OHG071008A flames or sparks. The wind- Check the fluid level in the washer shield washer fluid reservoir is fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- flammable under certain cir- sary. Plain water may be used if cumstances.This can result in a washer fluid is not available. fire. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

735 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OVG059013 Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. Stroke : 4~5 notch

7 36 Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme- maintenance ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the • Do not drive with the air clean- element more often than the usual er removed; this will result in recommended intervals. (Refer to excessive engine wear. “Maintenance under severe usage • When removing the air cleaner conditions” in this section.) filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of nongenuine part could dam- OVG079010L age the air flow sensor. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. You can clean the filter when inspect- ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

737 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

7 38 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial car washes. If the blades are not to move the wipers manually. wiping properly, clean both the win- The use of a non-specified wiper dow and the blades with a good blade could result in wiper malfunc- cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse tion and failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic car washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

739 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1JBA7037

OED070112

1LDA5023 Type B Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip. CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to ✽ NOTICE fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the Do not allow the wiper arm to fall windshield. 1JBA7038 against the windshield 2. Compress the clip and slide the 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly downward. wiper blade assembly to expose 3. Lift it off the arm. the plastic locking clip. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

7 40 Maintenance

OED070113 OED070114 OHM078059 2. Open the cover of the blade. 4. Install the blade assembly until it Type C 3. Compress the clip behind the clicks into place 1. Raise the wiper arm. wiper arm and lift it off the arm. 5. Close the cover of blade. 6. Return the wiper arm to the prop- CAUTION er position. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windscreen.

741 Maintenance

OSBL071001

OSBL071002 4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. 5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.

OSBL071003 2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift up the blade clip. 3. Push the clip (1) and push up the wiper arm (2).

7 42 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service WARNING - Battery (Continued) dangers If any electrolyte gets Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean when handling a battery. water for at least 15 min- Keep lighted cigarettes utes and get immediate and all other flames or medical attention. sparks away from the If electrolyte gets on battery. your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. Hydrogen, a highly com- If you feel pain or burn- OVG079017L bustible gas, is always ing sensation, get med- present in battery cells ical attention immediate- • Keep the battery securely mount- and may explode if ignit- ly. ed. ed. • Keep the battery top clean and dry. Wear eye protection Keep batteries out of the when charging or work- • Keep the terminals and connec- reach of children ing near a battery. tions clean, tight, and coated with because batteries con- Always provide ventila- petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive tion when working in an • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not enclosed space. the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes, (Continued) clothing or paint finish. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, discon- (Continued) nect the battery cables.

743 Maintenance

Battery recharging (Continued) CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, An inappropriately dis- If you connect unauthorized calcium-based battery. posed battery can be electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be dis- • If the battery becomes discharged harmful to the environ- in a short time (because, for exam- ment and human health. charged. Never use unauthorized devices. ple, the headlights or interior lights Dispose the battery were left on while the vehicle was according to your local not in use), recharge it by slow law(s) or regulation. charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • When lifting a plastic-cased • If the battery gradually discharges battery, excessive pressure because of high electric load while on the case may cause battery the vehicle is being used, recharge acid to leak, resulting in per- it at 20-30A for two hours. sonal injury. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death.

7 44 Maintenance

Reset items WARNING - Recharging (Continued) battery 1. Turn off the battery charger Items should be reset after the bat- main switch. tery has been discharged or the bat- When recharging the battery, tery has been disconnected. 2. Unhook the negative clamp observe the following precau- • Auto up/down window tions: from the negative battery terminal. (See section 4) • The battery must be removed • Sunroof (See section 4) from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp an area with good ventilation. from the positive battery ter- • Trip computer (See section 4) minal. • Do not allow cigarettes, • Climate control system sparks, or flame near the bat- (See section 4) tery. • Clock (See section 4) • Watch the battery during WARNING • Audio (See section 4) charging, and stop or reduce • Before performing mainte- the charging rate if the battery nance or recharging the bat- cells begin gassing (boiling) tery, turn off all accessories violently or if the temperature and stop the engine. of the electrolyte of any cell • The negative battery cable exceeds 49°C (120°F). must be removed first and • Wear eye protection when installed last when the battery checking the battery during is disconnected. charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. (Continued)

745 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire under- For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must inflation always maintain recommended tire Severe underinflation (70 kPa inflation pressures and stay within (10 psi) or more) can lead to the load limits and weight distribution severe heat build-up, causing recommended for your vehicle. blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control Recommended cold tire infla- leading to severe injury or tion pressures death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving All tire pressures (including the OBH088004N for long periods at high speeds. spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center CAUTION least three hours or driven less than pillar. 1.6 km (one mile). • Underinflation also results in excessive wear, poor handling Recommended pressures must be and reduced fuel economy. maintained for the best ride, vehicle Wheel deformation also is handling, and minimum tire wear. possible. Keep your tire pres- For recommended inflation pressure, sures at the proper levels. If a refer to “Tire and wheels” in section tire frequently needs refilling, 8. have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

7 46 Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pres- CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure sure • Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tires once a month or recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the more. sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 tires are cold. (After vehicle kPa). Do not release air from Also, check the tire pressure of the has been parked for at least spare tire. warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been sure or the tires will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (one inflated. mile) since startup.) How to check • Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gauge to check inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. tires are properly inflated simply by could get into the valve core looking at them. Radial tires may and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a look properly inflated even when valve cap is missing, install a they're underinflated. new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. Check the tire's inflation pressure • Worn, old tires can cause acci- when the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting WARNING - Tire Inflation dents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tires have for at least three hours or driven no Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. more than 1.6 km (1 mile). can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.

747 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge. information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for • Tires with too much or too little correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus- low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or sure to put the valve caps back on found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire. the valve stems. They help prevent the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, • Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness. are damaged. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section • Remember to check the pres- 8. sure of your spare tire. Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

7 48 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance The wheels on your vehicle were ✽ NOTICE aligned and balanced carefully at the Rotate radial tires that have an factory to give you the longest tire life asymmetric tread pattern only from and best overall performance. front to rear and not from right to In most cases, you will not need to left. have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING or the other, the alignment may need • Do not use the compact spare to be reset. tire (if equipped) for tire rota- If you notice your vehicle vibrating tion. when driving on a smooth road, your • Do not mix bias ply and radial wheels may need to be rebalanced. ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause CAUTION unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, Improper wheel weights can severe injury, or property damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A damage. minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

749 Maintenance

Tire replacement WARNING - Replacing (Continued) Tread wear indicator tires • Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes To reduce the chance of serious could cause unusual handling or fatal injuries from an acci- characteristics and poor vehi- dent caused by tire failure or cle control, resulting in a seri- loss of vehicle control: ous accident. • Replace tires that are worn, • Wheels that do not meet Kia’s show uneven wear, or are specifications may fit poorly damaged. Worn tires can and result in damage to the cause loss of braking effec- vehicle or unusual handling tiveness, steering control, and and poor vehicle control. OEN076053 traction. • The ABS works by comparing • Do not drive your vehicle with the speed of the wheels. The If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure tire size affects wheel speed. indicator will appear as a solid band in your tires. This can lead to When replacing tires, all 4 across the tread. This shows there is uneven wear and tire failure. less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread tires must use the same size left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never originally supplied with the this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires vehicle. Using tires of a differ- on the same vehicle.You must Do not wait for the band to appear ent size can cause the ABS replace all tires (including the (Anti-lock Brake System) and across the entire tread before replac- spare) if moving from radial to ing the tire. ESC (Electronic Stability bias-ply tires. Control) to work irregularly. (Continued)

7 50 Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators should be the same size and design appear. Slow down whenever there tire as the one provided with your is rain, snow or ice on the road to new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con- on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle. wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling Tire maintenance tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- In addition to proper inflation, correct ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease snow chain clearance, tire wear. If you find a tire is worn speedometer and odometer cal- unevenly, have your dealer check the ibration, headlight aim and wheel alignment. bumper height. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

751 Maintenance

Tire sidewall labeling 2. Tire size designation 108 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum 1 A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. 5,6 information when selecting replace- T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the 7 ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- speed rating chart in this section lowing explains what the letters and for additional information. 4 numbers in the tire size designation mean. Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: 2 Wheels are also marked with impor- 3 (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- ever have to replace one. The follow- tor could vary depending on your 1 ing explains what the letters and I030B04JM vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- This information identifies and P235/65R17 108T tion mean. describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Example wheel size designation: the tire identification number (TIN) marked with the prefix “P’’ are 7.0JX17 for safety standard certification. The intended for use on passenger TIN can be used to identify the tire in vehicles or light trucks; however, case of a recall. not all tires have this marking). 7.0 - Rim width in inches. 235 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 1. Manufacturer or brand name 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 17 - Rim diameter in inches. Manufacturer or Brand name is height as a percentage of its shown. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 52 Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used. speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, we recommend that tires tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire be replaced after approximately tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading condi- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers tions can accelerate the aging Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden S 180 km/h (112 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. tire failure, which could lead to T 190 km/h (118 mph) a loss of control and an acci- H 210 km/h (130 mph) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO dent involving serious injury or death. V 240 km/h (149 mph) The front part of the DOT means a Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph) plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2013.

753 Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100. nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- depends upon the actual conditions struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, 5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width. pressure service practices and differences in For example: road characteristics and climate. This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle label for recommended inflation may vary with respect to grade. pressure.

7 54 Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the tempera- grades represent the tire’s ability to tire's resistance to the generation of ture stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat The temperature grade for this under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- tire is established for a tire that ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory is properly inflated and not asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. overloaded. Excessive speed, C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can underinflation, or excessive ance. cause the material of the tire to loading, either separately or in degenerate and reduce tire life, and combination, can cause heat WARNING excessive temperature can lead to build-up and possible sudden sudden tire failure. Grades B and A tire failure. This can cause loss The traction grade assigned to represent higher levels of perform- of vehicle control and serious this tire is based on straight- ance on the laboratory test wheel injury. ahead braking traction tests, than the minimum required by law. and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

755 Maintenance

Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that inside the tire pressing outward on pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for pascal (kPa). Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and of a tire. cargo. transaxle, power seats, and air con- Maximum Inflation Pressure: The ditioning. DOT Markings: The DOT code maximum air pressure to which a Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a includes the Tire Identification cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- tire's height to its width. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- mum air pressure is molded onto the Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords ignator which can also identify the sidewall. that is located between the plies and tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production. Maximum Load Rating: The load the tread. Cords may be made from rating for a tire at the maximum per- steel or other reinforcing materials. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating missible inflation pressure for that Bead: The tire bead contains steel GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight tire. wires wrapped by steel cords that Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: hold the tire onto the rim. GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in Rating for the Rear axle. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and which the plies are laid at alternate production options weight. angles less than 90 degrees to the Normal Occupant Weight: The centerline of the tread. number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 pounds).

7 56 Maintenance

Occupant Distribution: Designated Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the seating positions. code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to Outward Facing Sidewall: The side maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- operate. maximum occupant and cargo ticular side that faces outward when Traction: The friction between the weight. mounted on a vehicle. The outward tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: facing sidewall bears white lettering amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each model name molding that is higher or comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, deeper than the same moldings on accessory weight, and normal occu- the inner facing sidewall. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire bars," that show across the tread of a Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- used on passenger cars and some tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the light duty trucks and multipurpose remains. original equipment tire size and rec- vehicles. ommended inflation pressure. UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality Recommended Inflation Pressure: Grading Standards, a tire information Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- system that provides consumers with ed tire inflation pressure and shown ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- on the tire placard. ture and treadwear. Ratings are Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in determined by tire manufacturers which the ply cords that extend to the using government testing proce- beads are laid at 90 degrees to the dures. The ratings are molded into centerline of the tread. the sidewall of the tire. Rim: A metal support for a tire and Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- upon which the tire beads are seat- ber of designated seating positions ed. multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the Sidewall: The portion of a tire rated cargo and luggage load. between the tread and the bead.

757 Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Radial-ply tires Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow Radial-ply tires provide improved some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size tread life, road hazard resistance and formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as smoother high speed ride. The radi- including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of tions. All season tires are identified be installed on all four wheels; other- belted construction, and are selected by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. to complement the ride and handling and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 characteristics of your vehicle. tires have better snow traction than psi) more air pressure than the pres- Radial-ply tires have the same load all season tires and may be more sure recommended for the standard carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias appropriate in some areas. tires on the tire label on the driver's belted tires of the same size, and use side of the center pillar, or up to the the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires Summer tires maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 models to provide superior perform- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias mph) when your vehicle is equipped belted tires when used on the same ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires. formance is substantially reduced in vehicle will seriously deteriorate snow and ice. Summer tires do not vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- have the tire traction rating M+S low is: Identical radial-ply tires should (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. always be used as a set of four. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

7 58 Maintenance

Longer wearing tires can be more Low aspect ratio tire susceptible to irregular tread wear. It (if equipped) CAUTION is very important to follow the tire Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low rotation interval shown in this section ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than to achieve the tread life potential of for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of these tires. Cuts and punctures in the low aspect ratio tire is easi- radial-ply tires are repairable only in Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the the tread area, because of sidewall are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. ing, it may be more uncomfortable to flexing. Consult your tire dealer for - When driving on a rough road radial-ply tire repairs. ride in and there is more noise com- pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels. - When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. - If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.

759 Maintenance

CAUTION • It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire. • If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty. • You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.

7 60 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace- age by fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Never replace a fuse with any- Normal Blown located in the driver’s side panel bol- thing but another fuse of the ster, the other in the engine compart- same rating. ■ Cartridge type ment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the prop- fuse will melt. er fuse - even as a temporary Normal Blown If the electrical system does not repair. It may cause extensive ■ Multi fuse type work, first check the driver’s side wiring damage and a possible fuse panel. fire. Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with CAUTION Normal Blown one of the same rating. Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove ■ Main fuse (BFT) If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid fuses because it may cause a using the system involved and imme- short circuit and damage the diately consult an authorized Kia system. dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade ✽ NOTICE type for lower amperage rating, car- Normal Blown The actual fuse/relay panel label tridge type, and multi fuse for higher may differ from equipped items. OKH072054L amperage ratings.

761 Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse replace- CAUTION ment • When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire. • Do not remove fuses, relays and terminals fastened with OVG079019 bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight and terminals may be fas- out. Use the fuse puller provided in OVG073018 tened incompletely, and it may the engine compartment fuse cause a possible fire. If fuses, 1. Turn the ignition switch and all panel. relays and terminals fastened other switches off. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it with bolts or nuts are blown, 2. Open the fuse panel cover. we recommend that you con- if it is blown. sult with an authorized Kia 5. Push in a new fuse of the same dealer. rating, and make sure it fits tightly • Do not input any other objects in the clips. except fuses or relays into If it fits loosely, consult an authorized fuse/relay terminals such as a Kia dealer. driver or wiring. It may cause If you do not have a spare, use a contact failure and system fuse of the same rating from a circuit malfunction. you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.

7 62 Maintenance

If the headlights or other electrical Fuse switch Engine compartment fuse components do not work and the replacement fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

OVG073020 Always, put the fuse switch at the ON OVG073021 position. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all If you move the switch to the OFF other switches off. position, some items such as audio 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by and digital clock must be reset and pressing the tab and pulling the transmitter (or smart key) may not cover up. work properly. 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert CAUTION the fuse, use the fuse puller in the Always place the fuse switch in engine compartment fuse panel. the ON position while driving 4. Push in a new fuse of the same the vehicle. rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

763 Maintenance

Main fuse Multi fuse CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical failures may occur from water contact.

OVG079023L OVG079022 If the main fuse is blown, it must be If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 1. Remove the fuse panel in the 2. Disconnect the negative battery engine compartment. cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- 3. Replace the fuse with a new one ture above. of the same rating. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of of the same rating. removal. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ✽ NOTICE If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 64 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. Instrument fuse panel

OVG073024

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OVG073104N

765 Maintenance

OVG079025L Engine compartment fuse panel

7 66 Maintenance

OVG079026 Engine room (Battery terminal cover)

767 Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component Tilt & Telescopic Module, Instrument cluster, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module LH/RH, IMS Control Module, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH(Center), Driver/Passenger Door Module, LDWS Camera Module, Electro MF1 10A MODULE 2 Chromic Mirror, Room Lamp, MTS Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Switch, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Console SW, BSD (Blind Spot Detection) Unit LH/RH Rear P/WDW HEATED Module MF2 10A PDM 3 PDM, Smart Key Control Module

MF3 10A HTD MRR Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module

Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Data Link Connector, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Instrument Cluster, MF4 10A MEMORY 1 Digital Clock, Rear Curtain Module, A/C Control Module, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Module

MF5 15A MULTI MEDIA MTS Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio Monitor

MF6 10A MDPS MDPS_SIG

MF7 10A MEMORY 2 RF Receiver

MF8 15A SPARE SPARE

MF9 10A SPARE SPARE

MF10 15A SPARE SPARE

7 68 Maintenance

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component S/HEATER MF11 20A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module FRT

MF12 10A A/BAG IND Instrument Cluster

MF13 15A HTD STRG Steering Wheel Heater

MF14 10A CURTAIN Rear Curtain Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module

MF15 20A P/SEAT PASS Passenger Manual Switch

MF16 25A AMP AMP

MF17 25A P/WDW RH Passenger Door Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH

MF18 25A P/WDW LH Driver Safety Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH

MF19 15A A/BAG SRS Control Module

MF20 10A A/CON Ionizer, Ionizer (IND.), A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 14)

Smart Key Control Module, Rear Audio Switch, Amp, Audio Monitor, Overhead Console Lamp MF21 10A AUDIO Switch, PDM, MTS Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, digital clock Garnish Lamp LH/RH/Conter, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp Switch, Overhead INTERIOR MF22 10A Console Lamp Switch, Rear Door Mood Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, LAMP Driver/Passenger Door Scuff Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp

MF23 20A SUNROOF Panorama Sunroof

769 Maintenance

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component

MF24 10A TRUNK Fuel Filler Door Switch, Trunk Lid Relay

MF25 20A S/HEATER RR Rear Seat Warmer Module LH/RH

ESP Control Module, ABS Control Module, Electric Parking Brake Module, Steering Angle Sensor, MF26 10A MODULE 3 ESP Off Switch, Console Switch PDM, ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Relay), Panorama Sunroof, Rear Curtain Module, Driver MF27 10A MODULE 1 Active Seat Module, Rain Sensor POWER MF28 15A Console Power Outlet OUTLET

MF29 25A PDM Smart Key Control Module, Fob Holder

MF30 15A P/HANDLE Key Solenoid, Tilt & Telescopic Module, Sport Mode Switch

BRAKE MF31 10A PDM, Start Stop Button Switch SWITCH

MF32 20A DR/LOCK Driver Door Module

MF33 20A IG1 E/R Fuse & Relay Box (F12 15A, F11 10A, F10 10A)

MF34 25A WIPER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 11, RLY.12), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

MF35 20A C/Lighter Front Cigarette Lighter

MF36 10A START Transaxle Range Switch, PCM

7 70 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component

F1 60A 2B+ IPM (F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, IPS1, IPS2, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7)

F2 60A 3B+ IPM (F14, F15, F17, F18, F25)

W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch F3 40A IG1 With Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1, RLY. 9)

F4 40A 1ABS ABS Control,ESP Control MULTI FUSE F5 40A RR HTD E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 2)

F6 40A BLOWER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 14)

F7 60A 4B+ IPM (F4, F5, IPS 0, IPS 4, IPS 6)

F8 80A MDPS MDPS_PWR

F9 10A A/CON A/C Control Module

F10 10A STOP LAMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 8), Stop Lamp Switch, Multipurpose Check Connector FUSE (E/R Fuse & F11 10A IG1 Alternator, PCM Relay Box) F12 15A T2TCU Transaxle Range Switch

F13 10A IDB IDB_LAG

771 Maintenance

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component W/O Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 3), Ignition Switch F14 30A IG2 With Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 3, RLY. 10)

F15 50A C/FAN E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4, RLY. 5)

F16 30A 1EPB Electric Parking Brake Module

F17 40A 3ECU EMS Box (F35, F36, F37, F38)

F18 30A 2ABS ABS Control, ESP Control

F19 30A 2EPB Electric Parking Brake Module FUSE (E/R Fuse & F20 10A WIPER IPM (IPS Control Module) Relay Box) MTS Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Curtain Module, F21 10A B/UP LAMP Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp(In) LH/RH

F22 10A AMS Not Used

F23 20A - ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Realy)

F24 20A 1TCU PCM

F25 15A 1STOP LAMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 12), Stop Lamp Switch, Stop Lamp Signal Relay

F26 20A DEICER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 7)

7 72 Maintenance

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component

F27 10A CRUISE SCC (Smart Cruise Control) Radar FUSE IMS Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver Cushion Extension Switch, (E/R Fuse & F28 30A P/SEAT (DRV) Driver Manual Switch Relay Box) F29 40A 1B+ IPM (F29, F30, F31, F32, IPS 11, Leak Current Autocut Device)

G4KE : Ignition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, Condenser F30 20A IGN COIL G6DC : Ignition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, Condenser #1, #2 G4KE : Immobilizer Module, Camshaft Position Sensor #1, #2, Variable Intake Manifold Valve, Crankshaft Position Sensor, 1 F31 15A SENSOR Oil Control Valve #1, #2, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve G6DC : PCM, Immobilizer Module, Oxygen Sensor #1, #2, #3, #4 G4KE : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 5),Oxygen Sensor (Up, Down)

F32 15A 2SENSOR G6DC : Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1, #2, PCM, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 5), Oil Control Valve #1, #2,#3, #4, FUSE Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, (EMS Box) G4KE : Injector #1, #2, #3, #4 F33 15A INJECTOR G6DC : Injector #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, PCM

F34 20A F/FUMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 16)

F35 10A 2ECU PCM

F36 15A HORN E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 13), EMS Box (RLY. 15)

F37 30A 1ECU EMS Box (RLY. 17)

773 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance CAUTION Exterior general caution Washing • Do not use strong soap, chem- It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it ical detergents or hot water, directions when using any chemical and do not wash the vehicle in cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold direct sunlight or when the and caution statements that appear body of the vehicle is warm. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle. off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especailly, with high-pressure the removal of any accumulation of water. Water may leak through salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign the windows and wet the inte- materials. Make sure the drain holes rior. in the lower edges of the doors and • To prevent damage to the rocker panels are kept clear and plastic parts and lamps, do clean. not clean with chemical sol- Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, vents or strong detergents. industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. WARNING - Wet brakes Even prompt washing with plain After washing the vehicle, test water may not completely remove all the brakes while driving slowly these deposits. A mild soap, safe for to see if they have been affected use on painted surfaces, may be by water. If braking performance used. is impaired, dry the brakes by After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- applying them lightly while oughly with lukewarm or cold water. maintaining a slow forward Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- speed. ish.

7 74 Maintenance

Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish. liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra- manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents metal trim to protect it and to main- or strong detergents contain- tain its luster. ing high alkaline or caustic Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- agents on chrome-plated or als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts. OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure This may result in damage to to re-wax these areas even if the rest the protective coating and CAUTION of the vehicle does not yet need wax- cause discoloration or paint deterioration. • Water washing in the engine ing. compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

775 Maintenance

Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler- repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, ✽ vative and rub to a high luster. floor pan and exhaust system, even NOTICE though they have been treated with If your vehicle is damaged and • During winter weather or in coastal rust protection. areas, cover the bright metal parts requires any metal repair or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- replacement, be sure the body shop with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the body and wheel openings with luke- applies anti-corrosion materials to warm or cold water once a month, the parts repaired or replaced. parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

7 76 Maintenance

Aluminum or chrome wheel main- Corrosion protection WARNING tenance Protecting your vehicle from corro- After washing the vehicle, test The aluminum or chrome wheels are sion the brakes while driving slowly coated with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design to see if they have been affected • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat by water. If braking performance polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of is impaired, dry the brakes by wire brushes on aluminum or the highest quality. However, this is applying them lightly while chrome wheels. They may scratch only part of the job. To achieve the maintaining a slow forward or damage the finish. long-term corrosion resistance your speed. • Clean the wheel when it has vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooled. cooperation and assistance is also required. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean Common causes of corrosion the wheels after driving on salted The most common causes of corro- roads. This helps prevent corrosion on your vehicle are: sion. • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is • Avoid washing the wheels with allowed to accumulate underneath highspeed vehicle wash brushes. the vehicle. • Do not use any alkaline or acid • Removal of paint or protective detergents It may damage and cor- coatings by stones, gravel, abra- rode the aluminum or chrome sion or minor scrapes and dents wheels coated with a clear protec- which leave unprotected metal tive finish. exposed to corrosion.

777 Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc., you should To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in take extra care to prevent corro- which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from sion. In winter, hose off the under- occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: side of your vehicle at least once a accelerated by high humidity, partic- month and be sure to clean the ularly when temperatures are just underside thoroughly when winter above freezing. In such conditions, is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

7 78 Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good condi- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, tion Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. CAUTION drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq- mud. Even a heated garage can con- uids to come in contact with tribute to corrosion unless it is well electrical/ electronic compo- ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior nents inside the vehicle as this Moisture can collect under the floor may damage them. mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

779 Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt CAUTION rior trim webbing When cleaning leather products Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for neutral detergents or low alco- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow hol content solutions. If you use cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the high alcohol content solutions vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the or acid/alkaline detergents, the webbing because this may weaken color of the leather may fade or it. the surface may get stripped off. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- glass tion recommended for upholstery or If the interior glass surfaces of the carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If ered with an oily, greasy or waxy fresh spots do not receive immediate film), they should be cleaned with a attention, the fabric can be stained glass cleaner. Follow the directions and its color can be affected. Also, its on the glass cleaner container. fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- CAUTION ly maintained. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This CAUTION may result in damage of the rear Using anything but recommend- window defroster grid. ed cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

7 80 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control In order to assure the proper function System is designed to prevent fuel of the emission control systems, it is vapors from escaping into the atmos- recommended that you have your phere. vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu- ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

781 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge which controls exhaust emissions tank through the purge control sole- while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- noid valve. formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all (PCSV) This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your The purge control solenoid valve is Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired controlled by the Engine Control affect its performance, safety or immediately. Module (ECM); when the engine durability and may even violate gov- coolant temperature is low during ernmental safety and emissions reg- idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ulations. orated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms up In addition, damage or performance during ordinary driving, the PCSV problems resulting from any modifi- opens to introduce evaporated fuel to cation may not be covered under the engine. warranty. • If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

7 82 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- WARNING - Exhaust fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) Engine exhaust gases contain garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or carbon monoxide (CO). Though WARNING - Fire colorless and odorless, it is out of the area. dangerous and could be lethal if • When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can inhaled. Follow the instructions open area for more than a short ignite flammable items under on this page to avoid CO poi- time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park, idle soning. adjust the ventilation system (as or drive the vehicle over or needed) to draw outside air into the near flammable objects, such vehicle. as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with • The exhaust system and cat- the engine running. alytic system are very hot while the engine is running or • When the engine stalls or fails to immediately after the engine start, excessive attempts to restart is turned off. Keep away from the engine may cause damage to the exhaust system and cat- the emission control system. alytic, you may get burned. Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

783 Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- device. ic converter and to your vehicle. Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

7 84 Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions ...... 8-2 Tires and wheels ...... 8-2 Engine ...... 8-3 Weight/volume ...... 8-3 Bulb wattage ...... 8-4 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-5 • Recommended SAE viscosity number ...... 8-6 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-7 Vehicle certification label...... 8-7 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-8 Engine number ...... 8-8

8 Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS Item mm (in) Overall length 4970 (195.7) Overall width 1850 (72.8) Overall height 1475 (58.1) Front tread 1602 (63.1)*1 / 1601 (63.0)*2 Rear tread 1601 (63.0)*1 / 1600 (62.9)*2 Wheelbase 2845 (112.0)

*1 : with R17 tire *2 : with R18/R19 tire

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load kg•m (lb•ft, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear 220 220 220 220 P245/45R18 7.5Jx18 (32) (32) (32) (32) Full size tire 220 220 220 220 9~11 P245/40R19 8.0Jx19 (32) (32) (32) (32) (65~79, 88~107) Compact spare 420 420 420 420 T135/80D17 4.0Tx17 tire (60) (60) (60) (60)

*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

28 Specifications & Consumer information

ENGINE Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3L Displacement 3342 (203.9) cc (cu. in) Bore x Stroke 92 x 83.8 (3.62 x 3.30) mm (in) Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders V-type

WEIGHT/VOLUME Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3L Gross vehicle weight 2,130 (4,696) kg (lbs.) Luggage volume 451 (15.9) l (cu ft)

83 Specifications & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlights (High) 65 H9 Headlights (Low) 55 or 35 (HID) H7 or D1S (HID) Front turn signal lights 28W PY28/8 Position lights LED LED Front Side repeater lights (Outside mirror)* LED LED Halogen 35 H8 Front fog lights LED LED LED Daytime running lights* LED LED Stop and tail lights LED LED Rear turn signal lights 27W PY27 Back-up lights 16 W16W Rear Rear fog lights* LED LED High mounted stop light LED LED License plate lights 5W W5W Map lamps/Room lamps 10W W10W Mood lamp LED LED Trunk lamp 5 FESTOON Interior Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON Foot lamp 5 FESTOON Overhead Console lamp (Map/Room/Mood lamp) LED LED

* : If equipped

48 Specifications & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends API Service SM, 5.7 l (6.02 US qt.) ILSAC GF-4 or above

MICHANG ATF SP-4, SK ATF SP-4 Automatic transaxle fluid 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.) NOCA ATF SP-4, Kia genuine ATF & SP-4

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol Coolant 8.4 l (8.88 US qt.) base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 Fuel 70 l (18.49 US gal.) Unleaded gasoline

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.

85 Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has When choosing an oil, consider the number an effect on fuel economy and cold range of temperature your vehicle weather operating (engine start and will be operated in before the next oil Always be sure to clean the area engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- change. Proceed to select the rec- around any filler plug, drain plug, or ty engine oils can provide better fuel ommended oil viscosity from the dipstick before checking or draining economy and cold weather perform- chart. any lubricant. This is especially ance, however, higher viscosity important in dusty or sandy areas engine oils are required for satisfac- and when the vehicle is used on tory lubrication in hot weather. Using unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug oils of any viscosity other than those and dipstick areas will prevent dirt recommended could result in engine and grit from entering the engine and damage. other mechanisms that could be damaged. Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Gasoline 10W-30 1 Engine Oil * 5W-30, 5W-40

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

68 Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION Frame number VIN label (if equipped) LABEL

OVG089001 OBH088005N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OVG089002 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label ing your car and in all legal matters number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s (or front pas- pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from senger’s) side center pillar gives the outside. vehicle identification number (VIN).

87 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL

OHG080004 OHG050081L The engine number is stamped on The tires supplied on your new vehi- the engine block as shown in the cle are chosen to provide the best drawing. performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.

88 Index

I Index

A Armrest (rear) ...... 3-12 Audio system ...... 4-140 A/V Mode ...... 4-65 Antenna ...... 4-140 Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFLS)...... 4-99 Aux, USB port ...... 4-142 Air bag warning label ...... 3-54 Steering wheel remote controller ...... 4-141 Air bag warning light ...... 3-34 Auto hold ...... 5-25 Air bags...... 3-31 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-113 Air bag warning label...... 3-54 Air conditioning ...... 4-123 Air bag warning light ...... 3-34 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-115 Curtain air bag ...... 3-46 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 Do not install a child restraint on the front Automatic transaxle ...... 5-10 passenger’s seat...... 3-33 Paddle shifter ...... 5-13 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-43 Shift lock system ...... 5-14 Inflation and non inflation conditions ...... 3-48 Sports mode ...... 5-12 Occupant detection system...... 3-37 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-107 Operation ...... 3-32 Aux, USB port ...... 4-142 Side air bag...... 3-45 SRS care...... 3-53 B SRS components and functions ...... 3-35 Air cleaner ...... 7-37 Battery...... 7-43 Air ventilation seat ...... 4-134 Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Air conditioning system ...... 4-113 Battery saver function...... 4-97 Alarm system ...... 4-14 Before driving...... 5-3 Antenna...... 4-140 Blind spot detection system (BSD) ...... 5-59 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-28 Brake system...... 5-16 Appearance care Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 5-28 Exterior care...... 7-74 Auto hold ...... 5-25 Interior care ...... 7-79 Electric parking brake (EPB) ...... 5-19

I 2 Index

Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-30 Clothes hanger ...... 4-137 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-33 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ...... 4-52 Parking brake ...... 5-17 Compact spare tire ...... 6-20 Power brakes ...... 5-16 Compact spare tire replacement ...... 7-51 Vehicle stability management ...... 5-34 Coolant ...... 7-31 Brakes fluid...... 7-34 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...... 7-31 Bulb wattage ...... 8-4 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-81 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ...... 5-5 Cruise control system ...... 5-37 Cup holder ...... 4-132 C Curtain air bag ...... 3-46 Camera (Rear view) ...... 4-94 D Capacities (Lubricants)...... 8-5 Care Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel Exterior care...... 7-74 illumination ...... 4-53 Interior care ...... 7-79 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ...... 4-52 Tire care ...... 7-46 Daytime running light ...... 4-97 Center console storage ...... 4-130 Defogging (Windshield) ...... 4-126 Central door lock switch...... 4-19 Defogging logic ...... 4-127 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-36 Defroster (Rear window) ...... 4-112 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-47 Defrosting (Windshield) ...... 4-127 Child restraint system ...... 3-24 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Lower anchor system ...... 3-29 Display illumination, see instrument panel Seat belt ...... 3-25 illumination ...... 4-53 Tether anchor system ...... 3-28 Displays, see instrument cluster ...... 4-52 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 Do not install a child restraint on the front Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 passenger’s seat ...... 3-33 Clock...... 4-136 Door courtesy lamp ...... 4-110

I 3 Index

Door locks...... 4-17 Evaporative emission control System ...... 7-81 Central door lock switch ...... 4-19 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-82 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 Engine ...... 8-3 Drinks holders, see cup holders ...... 4-132 Engine compartment...... 2-6 Driver position memory system ...... 3-7 Engine coolant ...... 7-31 Easy access function ...... 3-8 Engine Coolant Temperature guage ...... 4-55 Recalling positions...... 3-8 Engine number ...... 8-8 Storing positions...... 3-7 Engine oil ...... 7-29 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-43 Engine overheats...... 6-7 Driving at night...... 5-67 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-5 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-68 Engine will not start ...... 6-4 Driving in the rain...... 5-68 Evaporative emission control System...... 7-81 DRL see Daytime running light ...... 4-97 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-82 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-25 E Exterior care ...... 7-74 Exterior overview (Front) ...... 2-2 Economical operation ...... 5-64 Exterior overview (Rear) ...... 2-3 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-40 Electric parking brake (EPB) ...... 5-19 F Electric power steering ...... 4-37 Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-30 Flat tire ...... 6-14 Emergency filler lid release ...... 4-31 Changing tires ...... 6-15 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 Compact spare tire ...... 6-20 Jump starting ...... 6-5 Jack and tools...... 6-14 Emergency trunk safety release ...... 4-22 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-15 Emergency while driving ...... 6-3 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-137 Emission control system...... 7-81 Fluid Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-81 Brakes fluid ...... 7-34

I 4 Index

Washer fluid ...... 7-35 Headlight leveling device ...... 4-103 Fog light ...... 4-102 Headrest(front) ...... 3-9 Folding the outside rearview mirror ...... 4-50 Headrest(rear) ...... 3-11 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-4 Heated steering wheel...... 4-39 Fuel Economy...... 4-73 Heater ...... 4-113 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-29 Height adjustment...... 3-16 Fuel Gauge ...... 4-55 High - beam operation ...... 4-110 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 Highway driving ...... 5-69 Fuse switch ...... 7-63 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-33 Fuses ...... 7-61 HomeLink system...... 4-40 Fuse switch...... 7-63 Hood ...... 4-27 Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-65 Horn ...... 4-39 Instrument panel fuse ...... 7-65 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 Main fuse ...... 7-64 Multi fuse ...... 7-64 I G Immobilizer system ...... 4-11 Indicator light ...... 4-86 Gauges ...... 4-54 Inflation and non inflation conditions ...... 3-48 Glove box ...... 4-130 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-40 Glove box lamp...... 4-110 Instrument cluster ...... 4-52 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-3 Gauges ...... 4-54 Instrument panel illumination ...... 4-53 H LCD Display Control...... 4-53 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-58 Hazard warning flasher...... 4-96 Instrument panel fuse ...... 7-62 Hazardous driving conditions...... 5-66 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Headlamp escort function...... 4-97 Interior care...... 7-79

I 5 Index

Interior features...... 4-132 L Air ventilation seat ...... 4-134 Clock ...... 4-136 Label Cup holder ...... 4-132 Air bag warning label...... 3-54 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-137 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 Luggage net (holder) ...... 4-138 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-8 Power outlet ...... 4-135 Lane departure warning system (LDWS)...... 5-55 Rear curtain ...... 4-139 LCD display ...... 4-59 Seat warmer ...... 4-133 A/V Mode...... 4-65 Sunvisor ...... 4-132 LCD modes ...... 4-59 Interior light ...... 4-107 Service Mode ...... 4-60 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-107 Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-65 Door courtesy lamp ...... 4-110 User Settings Mode ...... 4-62 Glove box lamp ...... 4-110 Warning Messages ...... 4-66 Map lamp ...... 4-107 LCD Display Control ...... 4-53 Map lamp/Room lamp/Mood lamp ...... 4-109 LCD modes...... 4-59 Room lamp...... 4-108 Lighting...... 4-97 Trunk room lamp ...... 4-110 Battery saver function ...... 4-97 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-111 Daytime running light ...... 4-97 Interior overview...... 2-4 Front fog light ...... 4-102 Headlamp escort function ...... 4-97 J Headlight leveling device...... 4-103 High - beam operation ...... 4-100 Jack and tools ...... 6-14 Lighting control ...... 4-98 Jump starting...... 6-5 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-101 Lighting control ...... 4-98 Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFLS) ...... 4-99 Autolight...... 4-99

I 6 Index

Lower anchor system ...... 3-29 O Lubricants and capacities ...... 8-5 Luggage net (holder) ...... 4-138 Occupant detection system ...... 3-37 Luggage volume ...... 8-3 Odometer ...... 4-57 Oil (Engine) ...... 7-29 M Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-48 Folding the outside rearview mirror...... 4-50 Main fuse ...... 7-64 Reverse parking aid function ...... 4-50 Maintenance Outside Temperature Gauge ...... 4-57 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-25 Overheats ...... 6-7 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 Owner maintenance ...... 7-6 Owner maintenance ...... 7-6 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-8 Tire maintenance ...... 7-51 P Maintenance schedule ...... 7-8 Paddle shifter ...... 5-13 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-32 Map lamp ...... 4-107 Parking brake ...... 5-17 Map lamp/Room lamp/Mood lamp ...... 4-109 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-36 Mirrors ...... 4-40 Power brakes...... 5-16 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-40 Power outlet ...... 4-135 HomeLink system ...... 4-40 Power window lock button ...... 4-26 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-40 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-18 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-48 Moonroof, see panoramic sunroof ...... 4-32 Multi fuse ...... 7-64

I 7 Index

R Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-13 Seat belt warning ...... 3-14 Rear curtain...... 4-139 Seat warmer ...... 4-133 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-90 Seatback pocket ...... 3-10 Rear seat adjustment...... 3-11 Seats ...... 3-2 Rear view camera ...... 4-94 Armrest (rear)...... 3-12 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-46 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-4 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-5 Headrest(front) ...... 3-9 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-6 Headrest(rear)...... 3-11 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-11 Remote keyless entry system operations ...... 4-6 Seatback pocket ...... 3-10 Reverse parking aid function ...... 4-50 Service Mode ...... 4-60 Road warning ...... 6-2 Shift lock system ...... 5-14 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-66 Side air bag ...... 3-45 Room lamp ...... 4-108 Smart cruise control system ...... 5-41 Rotation (Tire) ...... 7-50 Smart key ...... 4-4 Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Immobilizer system ...... 4-11 S Record your key number ...... 4-4 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-8 Remote keyless entry system operations ...... 4-6 Seat belt Precautions...... 3-21 Smart key functions ...... 4-4 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-13 Smart key precautions ...... 4-5 Seat belt warning ...... 3-14 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 Seat belts...... 3-13 Smart key functions ...... 4-4 3 point system seat belt ...... 3-15 Smart key precautions...... 4-5 Height adjustment ...... 3-16 Smooth cornering ...... 5-67 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-18 Snow tires ...... 5-70 Seat belt Precautions ...... 3-21

I 8 Index

Spare tire Sunglass holder...... 4-131 Changing tires ...... 6-15 Sunvisor ...... 4-132 Compact spare tire ...... 6-20 Compact spare tire replacement...... 7-51 T Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-15 Special driving conditions ...... 5-66 Tachometer ...... 4-54 Driving at night ...... 5-67 Tether anchor system ...... 3-28 Driving in flooded areas...... 5-68 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 Driving in the rain ...... 5-68 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-38 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-66 Tire and wheels...... 8-2 Highway driving...... 5-69 Tire pressure monitoring system ...... 6-8 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-66 Tire rotation ...... 7-48 Smooth cornering...... 5-67 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-8 Speedometer ...... 4-54 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-47 Sports mode ...... 5-12 Compact spare tire replacement...... 7-51 SRS care ...... 3-53 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-46 SRS components and functions ...... 3-35 Tire care ...... 7-46 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start...... 6-4 Tire maintenance ...... 7-51 Steering wheel ...... 4-37 Tire replacement...... 7-50 Electric power steering...... 4-37 Tire rotation ...... 7-48 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-39 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 Horn ...... 4-39 Tire traction ...... 7-51 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-38 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-49 Steering wheel remote controller ...... 4-141 Wheel replacement...... 7-51 Storage compartment ...... 4-130 Towing ...... 6-22 Center console storage ...... 4-130 Transaxle Glove box ...... 4-130 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-10 Sunglass holder ...... 4-131 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-58

I 9 Index

Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 W Trip A/B ...... 4-75 Trip computer ...... 4-73 Warning light ...... 4-77 Fuel Economy ...... 4-73 Warning Messages ...... 4-66 Trip A/B ...... 4-75 Washer fluid ...... 7-35 Trunk...... 4-21 Welcome system ...... 4-95 Emergency filler lid release ...... 4-31 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-49 Emergency trunk safety release ...... 4-22 Wheel replacement ...... 7-51 Trunk room lamp ...... 4-110 Windows ...... 4-23 Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-65 Power window lock button...... 4-26 Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-101 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-126 Windshield washers ...... 4-106 U Windshield wipers ...... 4-104 Winter driving...... 5-70 User Settings Mode ...... 4-62 Snow tires...... 5-70 Wiper blades ...... 7-39 V Wipers and washers ...... 4-104 Windshield washers ...... 4-106 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-111 Windshield wipers ...... 4-104 Vehicle break-in process...... 1-5 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-7 ETC Vehicle load limit ...... 5-73 Vehicle stability management...... 5-34 3 point system seat belt ...... 3-15 Vehicle weight ...... 5-78

I 10